1 #LyX 1.6.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes true
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1621 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Standard
1671 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1673 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1674 is used to propose completions.
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1679 there are completions available.
1680 You can then press the
1684 key to use this completion.
1685 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1686 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1687 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1697 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1700 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1702 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1705 by deselecting the option
1712 Automatic inline completion
1714 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1715 To accept this proposal, use the
1724 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1725 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1733 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1740 \begin_layout Section
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1820 LyX's default is CUA.
1823 \begin_layout Standard
1827 \begin_inset space ~
1835 \begin_inset space ~
1856 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1860 \begin_layout Labeling
1861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1866 LatexCommand nomenclature
1868 description "Tabulator key"
1874 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1875 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1889 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1893 , especially section
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1900 reference "sub:Lists"
1906 If you're still confused, look in the
1913 \begin_layout Labeling
1914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1918 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1919 LatexCommand nomenclature
1921 description "Escape key"
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1935 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1936 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1939 \begin_layout Labeling
1940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1946 \begin_inset space ~
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1957 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1958 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1963 There are three modifier keys:
1966 \begin_layout Labeling
1967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1985 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1986 LatexCommand nomenclature
1988 description "Control key"
1992 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1993 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1997 \begin_layout Itemize
2006 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2009 \begin_layout Itemize
2018 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2021 \begin_layout Itemize
2030 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2034 \begin_layout Labeling
2035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2053 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2054 LatexCommand nomenclature
2056 description "Shift key"
2060 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2061 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2064 \begin_layout Labeling
2065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2084 LatexCommand nomenclature
2086 description "Alt or Meta key"
2090 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2091 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2092 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2098 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2100 menu accelerator keys
2103 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2104 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2109 For example, the sequence
2110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset space ~
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2174 There are also other things bound to the
2178 key, but you'll have to check in the
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2191 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2192 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2193 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2194 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2195 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2196 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2197 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2198 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 followed by a capital
2221 \begin_layout Standard
2222 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2229 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2232 as explained in sec.
2233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2239 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_inset Formula \[
2252 \begin_layout Chapter
2257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 \begin_layout Section
2271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 \begin_layout Subsection
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2285 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2286 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2287 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2288 numbering schemes, and so on.
2289 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2290 and format the title of your document differently.
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2298 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2299 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2300 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2301 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2302 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2307 how to adjust their properties.
2310 \begin_layout Subsection
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2324 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You can select a class using the
2334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Article for basic articles
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Report for basic reports
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Book for writing a book
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Letter for US-style letters
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2380 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2381 can be found in chapter
2383 Special Document Classes
2392 \begin_layout Description
2393 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2396 \begin_layout Description
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2416 \begin_layout Description
2417 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2418 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2419 There are three article layouts available.
2420 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2421 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2422 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2423 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2428 sequential numbering
2429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2432 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2433 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2434 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2435 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 Beamer Layout for presentations
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2444 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2448 \begin_layout Description
2450 \begin_inset space ~
2453 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2460 \begin_layout Description
2463 Die TeXnische Komödie
2465 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Foils Used to make transparencies
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2482 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2488 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2501 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 LaTeX document class
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2520 \begin_layout Description
2525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2533 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2535 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Slides Used to make transparencies
2542 \begin_layout Description
2544 \begin_inset space ~
2547 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2548 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2551 \begin_layout Description
2552 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2555 \begin_layout Description
2560 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2566 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2571 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2572 of the document classes.
2575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2598 in the chosen document class.
2599 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2601 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2602 the corresponding module in the
2608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2636 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2653 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Each class has a default set of options.
2667 Here's a quick table describing them:
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2677 \begin_layout Standard
2679 \begin_inset Tabular
2680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3147 \begin_layout Standard
3148 You're probably also wondering what
3149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3153 \begin_inset space ~
3157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3161 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3162 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3167 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3172 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3182 headings, there are also
3190 headings, and so on.
3191 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3192 \begin_inset space ~
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3198 reference "sub:Headings"
3205 \begin_layout Subsection
3207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3209 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 \begin_layout Standard
3239 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3252 \begin_inset space ~
3257 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3259 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3260 to use for your document.
3261 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3284 You can choose between the following five options:
3287 \begin_layout Labeling
3288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3293 Use default page style of current class.
3296 \begin_layout Labeling
3297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3302 No page numbers or headings.
3305 \begin_layout Labeling
3306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3314 \begin_layout Labeling
3315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3320 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3321 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3322 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3325 \begin_layout Labeling
3326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3331 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3347 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3348 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3350 Check the documentation for the
3354 package for more details,
3355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3369 of paragraphs is described in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3384 Paper Size and Orientation
3388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 Document ! Paper size
3395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3397 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 You'll find the following options in the menu
3408 \begin_inset space ~
3413 of the dialog of the
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Labeling
3434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3438 \begin_inset space ~
3443 What size paper to print on.
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3463 \begin_layout Itemize
3469 \begin_layout Itemize
3475 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 \begin_layout Itemize
3487 \begin_layout Itemize
3493 \begin_layout Labeling
3494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3499 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3510 \begin_layout Labeling
3511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3520 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3521 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3524 \begin_layout Subsection
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 Paper margins are set in the menu
3558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3576 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3577 the paper format and the font size into account.
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3584 \begin_layout Standard
3585 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3590 That includes the paragraph environments.
3591 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3592 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3593 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3594 paragraph environments to
3598 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3599 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3600 the conversion and why it failed.
3603 \begin_layout Section
3604 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3609 Paragraph ! Indentation
3617 \begin_layout Subsection
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3621 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3630 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3635 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3636 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3637 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3641 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3647 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3648 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3649 language than English.
3650 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3654 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3655 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3657 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3658 LyX takes care of that.
3659 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3661 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3662 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3663 of a page, and so on.
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3673 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3674 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3678 of these pre-coded spacings.
3679 We'll explain more later.
3682 \begin_layout Subsection
3683 Paragraph Separation
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3688 Paragraph ! Separation
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 To separate paragraphs, select
3708 \begin_inset space ~
3715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3728 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3729 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3730 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3743 \begin_layout Standard
3744 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3745 \begin_inset space ~
3749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3751 reference "cap:Units"
3756 The default length is 30
3757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3763 \begin_layout Subsection
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 dialog and toggle the
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3786 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3787 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3788 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3793 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3794 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3797 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3803 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3833 \begin_inset space ~
3842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3843 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3852 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3857 installed to use this feature.
3865 \begin_layout Section
3866 Paragraph Environments
3867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3869 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 Paragraph ! Environments
3887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3888 Paragraph environments|(
3896 \begin_layout Subsection
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3901 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3923 \begin_inset Newline newline
3926 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3927 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3928 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3937 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 A paragraph environment is simply a
3942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3949 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3950 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3951 scheme, labels, and so on.
3952 Additionally, you can
3953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3960 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3961 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3962 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3963 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3964 days of typewriters.
3965 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3967 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3972 \begin_inset Graphics
3973 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3979 at the left end of the toolbar.
3980 LyX will change the environment of the
3984 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3985 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3986 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3999 create a new paragraph using the
4003 paragraph environment.
4005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4012 because if you are in one of these environments:
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Itemize
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4058 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4062 , rather than resetting it to
4067 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4068 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4069 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4070 \begin_inset space ~
4074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4076 reference "sec:Nesting"
4081 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4086 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4087 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4091 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4097 \begin_layout Subsection
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 The default paragraph environment is
4107 It creates a plain paragraph.
4108 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4109 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4110 this manual) are in the
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118 You can nest a paragraph using the
4122 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4130 \begin_layout Subsection
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4154 for thanks or contact information.
4155 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4156 page along with today's date.
4157 For other types of documents, the title
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4165 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4169 \begin_layout Standard
4170 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4184 Here's how you use them:
4187 \begin_layout Itemize
4188 Put the title of your document in the
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Put the author name in the
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4204 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4205 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4211 Note that using this environment is optional.
4212 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4213 If you don't want any date, add the line
4214 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 to the preamble of your document (menu
4229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 You can use footnotes to insert
4237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4244 or contact informations.
4247 \begin_layout Subsection
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4269 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4270 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 Section headings ! Numbered
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 \begin_layout Standard
4335 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4336 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4337 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4342 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4343 You group the book into chapters.
4344 LyX does similar grouping:
4347 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 is divided in either
4363 \begin_layout Itemize
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4432 Not all document types use the
4436 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4441 is the top-level heading.
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4454 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4455 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4457 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4488 \begin_layout Enumerate
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4527 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4528 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4529 table of contents, see section
4530 \begin_inset space ~
4534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4544 Changing the Numbering
4545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4556 in the Table of Contents.
4557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4559 Certain classes start with
4573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4583 This is something you can change.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4609 \begin_inset space ~
4613 \begin_inset space ~
4618 you'll see two counters.
4623 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4625 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4630 Short Titles of Headings
4634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4635 Section headings ! Short titles
4644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4653 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4662 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4663 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4664 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4668 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4669 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4670 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4671 To specify a short title, use the menu
4673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4675 \begin_inset space ~
4681 This will insert a box labeled
4682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4697 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4698 This also works for captions inside floats.
4701 \begin_layout Standard
4702 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 The following information applies to all section headings:
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4721 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4725 \begin_layout Itemize
4726 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4729 \begin_layout Subsection
4730 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4733 \begin_layout Standard
4734 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4748 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4749 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4750 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4751 the text they contain.
4752 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4760 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4764 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4773 when you start a new paragraph.
4774 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4778 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4779 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4780 to change back to the
4784 environment yourself.
4787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4817 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4818 time for the differences.
4827 are identical except for one difference:
4831 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4840 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Here's an example of the
4857 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4859 See -- no indentation!
4863 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4864 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4865 the other paragraph.
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Here's another example, this time in the
4876 \begin_layout Quotation
4882 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4883 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4884 the first line, then
4888 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4892 you were quoting other text.
4895 \begin_layout Quotation
4896 Here's a new paragraph.
4897 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4898 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 As the examples show,
4906 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4907 They should put quotes in the
4912 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4916 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4956 \begin_layout Standard
4961 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4967 \begin_inset Newline newline
4970 Which I did not rehearse!
4974 It could be much worse.
4975 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4977 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4978 indented a bit more than the first.
4979 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4985 \begin_inset Newline newline
4988 And make things look fine
4989 \begin_inset Newline newline
4995 arg "newline-insert newline"
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5006 does not indent both margins.
5007 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5008 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5015 arg "newline-insert newline"
5021 \begin_layout Subsection
5026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5053 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5062 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5063 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5064 some general features of all four of them.
5067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5072 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5074 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5083 reset the environment to
5087 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5088 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5089 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5096 to break paragraphs.
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5101 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5103 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5104 you read all of section
5105 \begin_inset space ~
5109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5111 reference "sec:Nesting"
5119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5149 paragraph environment.
5150 It has the following properties:
5153 \begin_layout Itemize
5154 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 The items can have any length.
5169 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5170 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5177 \begin_layout Itemize
5182 environment inside another
5186 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5194 \begin_layout Itemize
5195 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5198 \begin_layout Itemize
5200 \begin_inset space ~
5204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5206 reference "sec:Nesting"
5210 for a full explanation of nesting.
5214 \begin_layout Standard
5215 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5224 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5227 \begin_layout Standard
5228 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5229 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5230 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5233 \begin_layout Itemize
5234 The label for the first level
5238 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the second level is a dash.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back out to the third level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the second level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Back to the outermost level.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5272 These are the default labels for an
5277 You can customize these labels in the
5279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5282 dialog in the submenu
5292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5303 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5311 reference "sec:Nesting"
5318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5336 name "sec:Enumerate"
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5348 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5349 It has these properties:
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5371 environment resets the counter to one.
5374 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5389 Items can have any length.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5396 \begin_layout Enumerate
5397 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5414 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5415 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5422 \begin_layout Enumerate
5423 The first level of an
5427 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the third level
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5471 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5476 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 There is more to nesting
5485 environments than we've stated here.
5486 You should read section
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5493 reference "sec:Nesting"
5497 to learn more about nesting.
5500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5523 list has no fixed label.
5524 Instead, LyX uses the first
5525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5532 of the first line as the label.
5536 \begin_layout Description
5537 Example: This is an example of the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5558 it is meant that the first hit of the
5562 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5564 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5572 arg "space-insert protected"
5577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5580 \begin_inset space ~
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5596 for more info.) Here is an example:
5599 \begin_layout Description
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5604 Example: This one shows how to use a
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5619 \begin_layout Description
5620 Usage: You should use the
5624 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5625 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5627 It's not a good idea to use a
5631 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5632 You're better off using
5644 paragraphs into them.
5647 \begin_layout Description
5648 Nesting: You can nest
5652 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5658 them from the first line.
5661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5684 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5696 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5701 environment is named
5713 \begin_layout Standard
5722 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5723 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5726 \begin_layout Labeling
5727 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5732 labels LyX uses the first
5733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5740 of each line as the item label.
5745 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5746 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5747 blank as described above.
5750 \begin_layout Labeling
5751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5752 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5753 the body of the item text.
5754 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5755 label width plus a little extra space.
5759 \begin_layout Labeling
5760 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5762 \begin_inset space ~
5765 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5767 If the label width is larger, the label
5768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5775 into the first line.
5776 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5777 margin of the rest of the item text.
5780 \begin_layout Labeling
5781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5786 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5791 environment have the same left margin.
5792 \begin_inset Newline newline
5795 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5800 \begin_inset space ~
5809 \begin_inset space ~
5814 determines the default label width.
5815 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5824 multiple times instead.
5825 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5837 \begin_inset space ~
5842 every time you alter a label in a
5847 \begin_inset Newline newline
5850 The predefined default width is the length of
5851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5860 \begin_inset Newline newline
5864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5872 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5873 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5881 \begin_layout Standard
5886 environment the same way like the
5890 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5896 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5900 \begin_layout Standard
5905 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5907 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5909 \begin_inset space ~
5913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5915 reference "sec:Nesting"
5919 to learn about nesting.
5922 \begin_layout Standard
5923 There is yet another feature of the
5927 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5929 You can use additional
5933 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5938 are documented in section
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5945 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5950 Here are some examples:
5951 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5957 \begin_layout Labeling
5958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5959 Left The default for
5966 \begin_layout Labeling
5967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5968 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5975 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5978 \begin_layout Labeling
5979 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5980 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5991 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5994 \begin_layout Subsection
5999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6008 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6016 \begin_inset space ~
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6033 \begin_inset space ~
6039 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6040 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6041 In contrast, you can use the
6048 \begin_inset space ~
6053 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6054 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6058 \begin_layout Standard
6059 Of course, you're not limited to using
6066 \begin_inset space ~
6075 \begin_inset space ~
6080 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6081 some European academic papers.
6084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6088 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6095 \begin_layout Standard
6100 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6101 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6105 \begin_inset space ~
6110 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6111 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6112 Here's an example of each:
6115 \begin_layout Right Address
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6121 \begin_inset Newline newline
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6128 When is it? What is today?
6131 \begin_layout Standard
6135 \begin_inset space ~
6141 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6142 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6143 Here's an example of the
6150 \begin_layout Address
6152 \begin_inset Newline newline
6155 Where do I send this
6156 \begin_inset Newline newline
6159 Your post office and country
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 As you can see, both
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6175 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6180 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6186 This makes sense, since
6194 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6195 Thus, you have to use
6202 arg "newline-insert newline"
6208 \begin_inset space ~
6211 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6213 \begin_inset space ~
6222 menu) to start a new line in an
6229 \begin_inset space ~
6237 \begin_layout Subsection
6241 \begin_layout Standard
6242 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6243 or list of references.
6244 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6247 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6263 \begin_layout Standard
6268 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6269 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6270 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6271 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6275 in anything else or vice versa.
6281 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6282 The book document classes ignores the
6286 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6290 in a letter document class.
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6298 environment does several things for you.
6299 First, it puts the centered label
6300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6308 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6310 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6311 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6312 the subsequent text.
6313 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6314 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6317 \begin_layout Standard
6318 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6322 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6323 The new paragraph will still be in the
6328 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6329 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6333 \begin_inset Float figure
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6340 \begin_inset Graphics
6341 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6350 \begin_inset Caption
6352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6355 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6377 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6381 environment, but since this document is in the
6382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6389 class, we can't do this.
6390 We inserted it therefore as figure
6391 \begin_inset space ~
6395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6397 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6402 If you've never heard of an
6403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6410 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6431 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6443 environment is used to list references.
6444 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6445 only use it at the end of the document.
6450 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6454 When you first open a
6458 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6474 depending on the document class.
6475 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6476 Each paragraph of the
6480 environment is a bibliography entry.
6485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6486 Each new paragraph is still in the
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6494 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6495 by using a BibTeX database.
6496 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6497 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6498 \begin_inset space ~
6502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6511 \begin_layout Subsection
6518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6519 Paragraph ! LyX code
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6539 environment is another LyX extension.
6540 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6545 key as a fixed whitespace;
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6566 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6571 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6572 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6575 arg "newline-insert newline"
6592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6593 So, when you finish using the
6597 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6598 Also, you can nest the
6602 environment inside of others.
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6609 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 arg "newline-insert newline"
6616 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6621 \begin_inset space \space{}
6631 arg "newline-insert newline"
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6641 arg "newline-insert newline"
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 arg "space-insert protected"
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6677 You must put at least one
6681 in any line you want blank.
6682 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6686 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6690 since that will insert
6695 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6698 arg "self-insert \""
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 printf("Hello World!
6730 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6739 This is just the standard
6740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6751 \begin_layout Standard
6756 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6757 rc-files, and so on.
6758 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6759 as if you used a typewriter.
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6764 Paragraph environments|)
6772 \begin_layout Section
6773 Nesting Environments
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 Nesting ! Environments
6784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6793 \begin_layout Subsection
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6800 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6802 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6804 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6840 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6843 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6855 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6868 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6869 will tell you how far you are nested).
6870 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6877 \begin_inset Graphics
6878 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6882 or the convenient key bindings
6893 arg "depth-increment"
6899 arg "depth-decrement"
6902 to change the nesting level.
6903 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6904 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6910 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6911 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6912 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6917 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6919 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6922 \begin_layout Subsection
6923 What You Can and Can't Nest
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6928 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6933 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6934 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 Completely unnestable
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6943 other things inside of them.
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6953 environments have them:
6956 \begin_layout Description
6957 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6958 Can't nest into them.
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Description
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6998 Nestable You can nest them.
6999 You can nest other things into them.
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 \begin_layout Description
7053 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7054 You can't nest anything into them.
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7162 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7179 \begin_inset space \space{}
7182 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7183 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7184 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7192 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7208 affected by nesting anyhow.
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7234 Figures and tables in
7238 are not affected by this.
7243 Have a look at section
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7250 reference "sec:Floats"
7254 for more informations about
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7263 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7276 of its own, it behaves just like a
7277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7284 paragraph environment.
7285 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7290 Here's an example with a table:
7293 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 This is (a) and it's nested.
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7304 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7312 \begin_inset Tabular
7313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7422 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 This is (a) and it's nested.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7441 \begin_inset Tabular
7442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7551 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7558 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7561 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 This is (a) and it's nested.
7570 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7579 \begin_inset Tabular
7580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7674 \begin_layout Enumerate
7676 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7695 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7696 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7700 \begin_layout Subsection
7701 Usage and General Features
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7705 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7714 is the innermost possible depth.
7715 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 level #1 - outermost
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7754 both of them in the example.
7755 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7765 For example, if we tried to nest another
7770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7780 \begin_layout Subsection
7785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7794 \begin_layout Standard
7795 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7796 We have several examples of nested environments.
7797 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7802 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7805 \begin_layout Labeling
7806 \labelwidthstring MMM
7807 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7816 \begin_layout Labeling
7817 \labelwidthstring MMM
7818 #2-a This is level #2.
7819 We created it by using
7822 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7828 arg "depth-increment"
7835 \begin_layout Labeling
7836 \labelwidthstring MMM
7837 #3-a This is level #3.
7838 This time, we just hit
7845 arg "depth-increment"
7849 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7853 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7859 arg "depth-increment"
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7871 environment, nested inside of
7872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 So, it's at level #4.
7881 We did this by hitting
7884 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7890 arg "depth-increment"
7893 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7898 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 \begin_layout Labeling
7929 \labelwidthstring MMM
7930 #4-a This is level #4.
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7937 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7942 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7946 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7951 keep nesting things inside of
7952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 \begin_layout Labeling
7964 \labelwidthstring MMM
7965 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7973 and this is level #6.
7974 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7978 \begin_layout Labeling
7979 \labelwidthstring MMM
7980 #5-b Back to level #5.
7984 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7990 arg "depth-decrement"
7997 \begin_layout Labeling
7998 \labelwidthstring MMM
8002 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8008 arg "depth-decrement"
8011 , we're back at level #4.
8015 \begin_layout Labeling
8016 \labelwidthstring MMM
8017 #3-b Back to level #3.
8018 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8022 \begin_layout Labeling
8023 \labelwidthstring MMM
8024 #2-b Back to level #2.
8029 \begin_layout Labeling
8030 \labelwidthstring MMM
8031 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8032 After this sentence, we'll hit
8036 and change the paragraph environment back to
8043 \begin_layout Standard
8044 We could have also used the
8060 environment in place of the
8065 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8069 Example 2: Inheritance
8072 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8073 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8076 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8088 , after which, we'll change to the
8096 \begin_layout Enumerate
8101 environment, at level #2.
8104 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 Notice how the nested
8109 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8113 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 We ended this example by hitting
8123 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8127 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8130 arg "depth-decrement"
8136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8137 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8150 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8159 This is level #1, in an
8163 paragraph environment.
8164 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-increment"
8183 Now, what happens if we nest an
8187 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8188 label be? An asterisk?
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8202 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8203 So, its label is a bullet.
8204 (We got here by using
8207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8213 arg "depth-increment"
8216 , then changing the environment to
8224 \begin_layout Itemize
8225 Here's level #4, produced using
8228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8234 arg "depth-increment"
8238 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8243 \begin_layout Enumerate
8244 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8246 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8251 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8255 , because we are in the
8264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8289 type of numbering does LyX use?
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8296 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8299 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8302 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 arg "depth-decrement"
8309 to decrease the depth after the next
8312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8328 numeral as the label.Why?
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8341 Notice, however, that LyX
8345 reset the counter for the label.
8349 \begin_layout Enumerate
8353 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8359 arg "depth-decrement"
8362 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8363 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8364 into the twofold-nested
8372 \begin_layout Enumerate
8373 The same thing happens if we do another
8376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8382 arg "depth-decrement"
8385 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8388 \begin_layout Standard
8389 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8394 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8408 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8414 The same rule applies for the
8418 environment, as well.
8421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8426 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8427 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8428 same detail with how we did it.
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8445 arg "depth-increment"
8452 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8453 example in parentheses someplace.
8454 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8455 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8456 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8470 Now we'll add verse.
8471 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 It will get much worse.
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8485 arg "depth-increment"
8496 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8497 \begin_inset Newline newline
8500 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8501 \begin_inset Newline newline
8507 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Tabular
8530 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8632 arg "depth-increment"
8638 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8648 arg "depth-decrement"
8655 \begin_layout Enumerate
8660 : level #1) This is another item.
8661 Note that selecting a
8665 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8666 3 times to put the table inside the
8674 \begin_layout Quotation
8675 We're now ending the
8679 list and changing to
8684 We're still at level #1.
8685 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8686 The next set of paragraphs is a
8687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8701 \begin_inset space ~
8706 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8710 for the letter body.
8714 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8717 to preserve the depth.
8718 Remember that you need to use
8721 arg "newline-insert newline"
8724 to create multiple lines inside the
8731 \begin_inset space ~
8741 \begin_layout Right Address
8743 \begin_inset Newline newline
8746 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8753 \begin_layout Address
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8761 \begin_layout Quotation
8762 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8766 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8767 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8768 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8769 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8770 as soon as possible.
8771 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8776 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8777 with your order, along with payment.
8780 \begin_layout Quotation
8781 We thank you again for your patience.
8784 \begin_layout Address
8786 \begin_inset Newline newline
8793 \begin_layout Quotation
8794 That ends that example!
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8799 just a few keystrokes.
8800 We could have easily nested an
8821 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8824 \begin_layout Section
8825 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8839 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8840 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8841 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8842 be broken at the end of a line.
8843 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8847 \begin_layout Subsection
8849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8851 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8868 \begin_layout Standard
8869 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8871 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8875 Further documentation is given in section
8876 \begin_inset Newline newline
8880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8882 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8906 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8915 A protected space is set with
8917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8918 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8922 \begin_inset space ~
8932 arg "space-insert protected"
8938 \begin_layout Subsection
8940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8942 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8951 Spacing ! Horizontal
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8967 The length units are listed in Appendix
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8974 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8985 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 \begin_inset space \space{}
9011 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9012 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9013 \begin_inset space ~
9017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9019 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9024 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9025 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9028 arg "space-insert normal"
9034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9038 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9073 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9074 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9075 inside abbreviations:
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9084 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9088 or between values and units.
9089 Compare for example this:
9090 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9098 \begin_inset Newline newline
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9110 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert thin"
9124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9139 \begin_layout Description
9141 \begin_inset space ~
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9153 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9157 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9160 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9163 \begin_layout Description
9165 \begin_inset space ~
9169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9177 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9181 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 em) space between the arrows.
9191 \begin_layout Description
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9205 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9237 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9241 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9252 em) space between the arrows.
9255 \begin_layout Description
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9265 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 cm space between the arrows.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9288 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9292 lists the different space sizes.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 \begin_inset Float table
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset Caption
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9308 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9312 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9322 \begin_inset Tabular
9323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9563 in a uniform fashion.
9564 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9565 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9566 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9567 equally between themselves.
9571 \begin_layout Standard
9572 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9577 This is on the left side
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 This is on the right
9587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 That was an example in the
9621 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9632 is one in a standard paragraph.
9633 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9637 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9640 \begin_layout Standard
9641 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9644 \begin_inset space ~
9649 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9654 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9737 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9738 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9739 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9743 option in the space dialog.
9751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9766 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9772 \begin_inset space \space{}
9775 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9778 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9782 What is correct English?:
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9794 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_inset Newline newline
9820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9843 \begin_inset space ~
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9855 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9873 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9877 for more information about TeX-Code.
9883 In our case write the command
9890 (note the space after
9891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9899 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9900 That is why it is named
9901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 There exists also the commands
9925 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9926 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9929 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9941 \begin_layout Subsection
9943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9945 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9963 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset space ~
9974 There you find the following sizes:
9977 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9995 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 Document ! Settings
10010 for the paragraph separation.
10011 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10037 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10038 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10040 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10041 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10050 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 s are described in section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10075 If there are several
10079 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10080 You can therefore use
10084 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10092 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10099 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10106 \begin_layout Standard
10107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10117 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10118 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10130 \begin_layout Subsection
10131 Paragraph Alignment
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 There are four possibilities:
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10150 \begin_layout Itemize
10156 \begin_layout Itemize
10162 \begin_layout Itemize
10168 \begin_layout Standard
10169 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10170 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10171 the left and right margins.
10172 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10175 \begin_layout Standard
10177 This paragraph is right aligned,
10180 \begin_layout Standard
10182 this one is centered,
10185 \begin_layout Standard
10187 this one is left aligned.
10190 \begin_layout Subsection
10195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10196 Page breaks ! Forced
10202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10204 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10212 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10213 can force a page break where you want one.
10214 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10215 Only if you use many
10219 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10222 \begin_layout Standard
10223 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10224 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10228 have to change the page breaking.
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10232 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10234 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10237 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10239 \begin_inset space ~
10245 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10247 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10248 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10250 \begin_inset space ~
10255 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10257 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10258 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10261 \begin_layout Standard
10262 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10263 at the top of a page.
10264 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10265 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10266 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10267 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10271 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10275 to learn more about
10282 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10286 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10295 Page breaks ! Clear
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10304 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10305 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10306 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10307 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10308 if necessary by adding pages.
10311 \begin_layout Standard
10312 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10315 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10317 \begin_inset space ~
10323 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10326 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10328 \begin_inset space ~
10332 \begin_inset space ~
10337 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10338 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10341 \begin_layout Subsection
10346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10355 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10362 \begin_layout Standard
10363 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10365 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10368 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10370 \begin_inset space ~
10374 \begin_inset space ~
10382 arg "newline-insert newline"
10386 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10388 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10389 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10391 \begin_inset space ~
10395 \begin_inset space ~
10400 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10402 This is necessary to avoid
10403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10410 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10413 \begin_layout Standard
10414 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10415 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10416 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10417 set a line break, e.
10418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10422 \begin_inset space \space{}
10425 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10426 \begin_inset space ~
10430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10432 reference "sec:Quote"
10437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10439 reference "sec:Verse"
10444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10446 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10453 \begin_layout Subsection
10455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10457 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10474 \begin_layout Standard
10479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10480 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10482 \begin_inset space ~
10487 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10493 \begin_layout Section
10494 Characters and Symbols
10497 \begin_layout Standard
10498 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10499 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10504 \begin_inset space \space{}
10507 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10515 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10519 for informations how this is done.
10522 \begin_layout Standard
10523 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10528 dialog via the menu
10530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10531 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10537 \begin_layout Standard
10538 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10546 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10547 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10548 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10556 \begin_layout Section
10557 Fonts and Text Styles
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10560 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10567 \begin_layout Subsection
10572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10581 \begin_layout Standard
10582 There are two types of fonts:
10585 \begin_layout Description
10587 \begin_inset space ~
10594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10600 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10605 characters) in the font.
10606 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10607 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10608 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10609 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10610 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10611 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10612 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10613 provide a good image.
10614 \begin_inset Newline newline
10617 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10618 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10619 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10620 sizes than at small ones.
10621 \begin_inset Newline newline
10635 \begin_inset space ~
10643 \begin_layout Description
10645 \begin_inset space ~
10652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10658 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10659 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10660 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10661 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10662 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10663 picture manipulation program.
10664 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10665 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10666 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10667 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10668 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10670 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10671 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10672 \begin_inset Newline newline
10675 Bitmap fonts are named
10678 \begin_inset space ~
10683 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10686 \begin_layout Standard
10687 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10688 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10689 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10690 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10691 use scalable fonts.
10694 \begin_layout Standard
10695 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10696 its document properties.
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10700 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10701 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10702 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10703 font to emphasize text, you use an
10704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10712 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10713 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10717 \begin_layout Subsection
10718 Document Font and Font size
10719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10721 name "sub:Document-Font"
10729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10748 \begin_layout Standard
10749 You can set the document fonts in the
10751 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 Document ! Settings
10765 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10766 font shapes roman (serif),
10769 \begin_inset space ~
10781 \begin_layout Standard
10782 The possible options for the font include
10786 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10791 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10813 European Computer Modern
10816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10835 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10836 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10841 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10844 \begin_inset space ~
10849 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10855 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10856 There are three ways to use one:
10859 \begin_layout Itemize
10860 One way is to use the
10870 Virtual means that it
10871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10882 -glyphs from other fonts.
10883 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10905 Loading the LaTeX-package
10913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10914 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10919 with the document preamble line
10920 \begin_inset Newline newline
10927 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10928 \begin_inset Newline newline
10933 will fix the guillemet problem.
10938 and that accented characters are not
10942 glyph, they are build of
10946 characters, the accent and the letter.
10947 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10951 fonts for words with accented characters.
10952 If you search for example for the French word
10953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10960 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10969 and not for the glyph
10970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10974 \begin_inset space ~
10978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10984 \begin_layout Itemize
10985 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10998 , consist of these three main font types
11001 \begin_inset space ~
11030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11041 as typewriter font.
11042 \begin_inset Newline newline
11045 The differences between roman,
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11057 fonts are explained in section
11058 \begin_inset space ~
11062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11064 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11069 \begin_inset Newline newline
11076 was originally designed for newspapers.
11077 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11078 into the small newspaper columns.
11083 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11086 \begin_layout Itemize
11087 The best solution is to use the
11096 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11100 as the default font.
11101 In most cases they look the same as
11109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11110 One difference is improved kerning for the
11123 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11134 \begin_layout Standard
11135 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11138 For the font size there are four possible values:
11155 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 The font sizes are the
11164 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11165 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11166 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11169 \begin_inset space ~
11175 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11176 \begin_inset space ~
11180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11182 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11189 \begin_layout Standard
11194 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11195 a font to display the script characters.
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11205 So this has no effect for the document language
11221 \begin_layout Standard
11222 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11234 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11238 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11239 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11240 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11242 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11245 dialog, see section
11246 \begin_inset space ~
11250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11252 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11264 \begin_layout Subsection
11265 Using Different Character Styles
11269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11290 certain paragraph environments.
11291 LyX supports two character styles,
11300 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11304 \begin_layout Standard
11309 style, do one of the following:
11312 \begin_layout Itemize
11313 click on the toolbar button
11314 \begin_inset Graphics
11315 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11322 \begin_layout Itemize
11323 use the key binding
11332 \begin_layout Standard
11333 These commands are all toggles.
11338 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11341 \begin_layout Standard
11342 One typically uses the
11346 style for proper names.
11348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11355 is the original author of LyX.
11356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11362 \begin_layout Standard
11363 A more widely used character style is the
11368 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11375 \begin_layout Itemize
11376 clicking on the toolbar button
11377 \begin_inset Graphics
11378 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11385 \begin_layout Itemize
11386 using the keybindings
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11400 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11401 es use a different font.
11404 \begin_layout Standard
11405 We've been using the
11409 style all over the place in this document.
11410 Here's one more example:
11413 \begin_layout Quotation
11416 Don't overuse character styles!
11419 \begin_layout Standard
11420 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11421 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11422 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11423 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11427 \begin_layout Standard
11428 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11436 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 \begin_inset space ~
11446 \begin_layout Subsection
11447 Fine-Tuning with the
11452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11454 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11473 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11474 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11475 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11476 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11477 from ordinary dialog.
11480 \begin_layout Standard
11481 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11482 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11483 \begin_inset Newline newline
11486 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11487 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 To use custom character styles, open the
11493 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11495 \begin_inset space ~
11501 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11502 font property which you can choose.
11503 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11506 \begin_inset space ~
11511 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11516 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11517 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11518 environments in a snap.
11521 \begin_layout Standard
11522 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11537 \begin_layout Labeling
11538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11552 The possible options are:
11556 \begin_layout Labeling
11557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11562 This is the Roman font family.
11563 Normally a serif font.
11564 It's also the default family.
11574 \begin_layout Labeling
11575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11579 \begin_inset space ~
11586 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11598 \begin_layout Labeling
11599 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11606 This is the Typewriter font family.
11612 arg "font-typewriter"
11621 \begin_layout Labeling
11622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11627 This corresponds to the print weight.
11632 \begin_layout Labeling
11633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11638 This is the Medium font series.
11639 It's also the default series.
11642 \begin_layout Labeling
11643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11650 This is the Bold font series.
11663 \begin_layout Labeling
11664 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11669 As the name implies.
11674 \begin_layout Labeling
11675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11680 This is the Upright font shape.
11681 It's also the default shape.
11684 \begin_layout Labeling
11685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11699 s the Italic font shape
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11713 This is the Slanted font shape
11715 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11718 \begin_layout Labeling
11719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11723 \begin_inset space ~
11730 This is the Small caps font shape
11737 \begin_layout Labeling
11738 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 Alters the size of the font.
11744 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11745 nal to the document font size.
11746 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11747 what you want to do.
11752 \begin_layout Labeling
11753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11774 arg "font-size tiny"
11780 \begin_layout Labeling
11781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11802 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11808 \begin_layout Labeling
11809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11836 \begin_layout Labeling
11837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11858 arg "font-size small"
11864 \begin_layout Labeling
11865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11879 It's also the default size.
11883 arg "font-size normal"
11889 \begin_layout Labeling
11890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11911 arg "font-size large"
11917 \begin_layout Labeling
11918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11939 arg "font-size larger"
11945 \begin_layout Labeling
11946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11958 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11967 arg "font-size largest"
11973 \begin_layout Labeling
11974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11995 arg "font-size huge"
12001 \begin_layout Labeling
12002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12023 arg "font-size giant"
12030 \begin_layout Standard
12035 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12036 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12037 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12038 - use that instead.
12039 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12042 \begin_layout Labeling
12043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12048 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12053 \begin_layout Labeling
12054 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12061 This is text with emphasize on
12064 This might seem like the same as
12068 , but it is actually a bit different.
12074 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12076 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12079 \begin_layout Labeling
12080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12087 This is text with Underbar on.
12093 arg "font-underline"
12099 \begin_inset Newline newline
12104 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12105 when you couldn't change fonts.
12106 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12107 It's only included in LyX because some people
12111 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12114 \begin_layout Labeling
12115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12122 This is text with Noun on.
12129 , this is a logical attribute.
12130 Normally it's equivalent to
12133 \begin_inset space ~
12142 \begin_layout Labeling
12143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12148 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12149 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12153 \begin_inset space ~
12158 , which is the default
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12166 and means normally black, you can choose between
12202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12211 \begin_layout Labeling
12212 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12217 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12218 the language of the document.
12219 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12223 \begin_layout Standard
12224 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12225 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12229 \begin_inset space ~
12234 dialog, the settings are saved.
12235 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12236 \begin_inset Graphics
12237 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12242 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12243 when the dialog isn't visible.
12247 \begin_layout Standard
12248 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12255 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12256 (suppose you just set the shape to
12257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12275 \begin_inset space ~
12287 \begin_layout Standard
12288 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12296 \begin_inset space ~
12308 \begin_layout Itemize
12314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12321 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12339 \begin_inset Newline newline
12346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12371 \begin_inset Note Note
12374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12375 For more on phantoms see section
12376 \begin_inset space ~
12380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12382 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12392 \begin_inset Newline newline
12398 \begin_layout Itemize
12403 fonts use characters with serifs.
12404 These are the small
12405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12412 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12413 The following example will show the difference:
12414 \begin_inset Newline newline
12418 \begin_inset Newline newline
12423 text without serifs
12426 \begin_inset Newline newline
12429 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12430 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12437 \begin_layout Itemize
12443 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12444 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12449 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12452 \begin_layout Section
12453 Printing and Previewing
12456 \begin_layout Subsection
12460 \begin_layout Standard
12461 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12462 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12463 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12464 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12465 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12468 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_layout Standard
12477 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12478 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12479 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12480 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12481 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12482 This happens in two stages:
12485 \begin_layout Enumerate
12486 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12487 generating a file with the extension,
12488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12502 \begin_layout Enumerate
12503 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12507 file to produce printable output.
12511 \begin_layout Subsection
12512 Output file formats
12516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12525 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12538 File formats ! ASCII
12546 \begin_layout Standard
12547 This file type has the extension
12548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12560 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12571 \begin_layout Standard
12572 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12574 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12575 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 File formats ! LaTeX
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 This file type has the extension
12597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12608 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12610 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12611 it manually with console commands.
12612 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12613 you view or export your document.
12616 \begin_layout Standard
12617 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12619 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12620 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12637 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12651 \begin_layout Standard
12652 This file type has the extension
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12674 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12675 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12677 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12681 \begin_layout Standard
12682 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12690 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12691 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12696 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12697 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12698 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12699 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12702 \begin_layout Standard
12703 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 File formats ! PostScript
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 This file type has the extension
12728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12740 PostScript was developed by the company
12744 as printer language.
12745 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12747 PostScript can be seen as
12748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12751 programming language
12752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12755 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12760 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12770 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12780 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12783 \begin_layout Standard
12784 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12788 Encapsulated PostScript
12789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12792 (EPS, file extension
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12805 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12806 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12807 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12808 whenever you view or export your document.
12809 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12810 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12811 EPS to avoid this problem.
12814 \begin_layout Standard
12815 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12817 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12818 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12824 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 This file type has the extension
12850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12866 Portable Document Format
12867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12870 (PDF) is developed by
12874 as derivative from PostScript.
12875 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12884 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12885 looks exactly the same.
12888 \begin_layout Standard
12889 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12893 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 (JPG, file extension
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12925 Portable Network Graphics
12926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12929 (PNG, file extension
12930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12942 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12943 in the background to one of these formats.
12944 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12945 will slow down your workflow.
12946 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12949 \begin_layout Standard
12950 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12952 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12955 in three different ways:
12958 \begin_layout Description
12959 PDF This uses the program
12963 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12964 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12968 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12969 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12972 \begin_layout Description
12974 \begin_inset space ~
12977 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12981 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12985 \begin_layout Description
12987 \begin_inset space ~
12990 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12994 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12997 \begin_layout Standard
12998 We recommend to use
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13010 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13016 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13019 \begin_layout Subsection
13024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13033 \begin_layout Standard
13034 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13035 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13039 and choose a file type.
13040 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13043 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13046 you can use the toolbar button
13047 \begin_inset Graphics
13048 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13055 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13060 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13062 \begin_inset space ~
13068 \begin_inset Graphics
13069 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13075 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 \begin_inset Graphics
13080 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13087 arg "buffer-view ps"
13093 \begin_layout Standard
13094 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13095 viewer window using the menu
13097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13103 \begin_layout Standard
13104 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13106 To have a real output, export your document.
13109 \begin_layout Subsection
13110 Printing the File from within LyX
13111 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13113 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13120 \begin_layout Standard
13121 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13122 it directly from within LyX.
13123 To print a file, select the menu
13125 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13128 or click on the toolbar button
13129 \begin_inset Graphics
13130 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13135 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13136 This file is then processed by the program
13140 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13145 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13148 \begin_layout Standard
13149 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13150 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13151 printing one set to print on the other side.
13152 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13153 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13154 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13157 \begin_layout Standard
13158 You can set the parameters in the
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13175 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13180 Note that this printer name is for the program
13189 has to be configured for this printer name.
13190 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13191 \begin_inset space ~
13195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13197 reference "sub:Printer"
13206 The printer should understand PostScript.
13209 \begin_layout Labeling
13210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13215 The name of a file to print to.
13216 The output will be a PostScript file.
13217 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13221 \begin_layout Section
13222 A few Words about Typography
13226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13235 \begin_layout Subsection
13240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13262 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13277 \begin_layout Enumerate
13279 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13283 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13301 \begin_layout Enumerate
13303 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13307 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13338 \begin_layout Enumerate
13340 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13344 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_layout Enumerate
13390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13394 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13398 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13416 \begin_layout Standard
13417 You generate them by inserting the
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13429 character multiple times in a row.
13430 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13431 final output, but not in LyX.
13434 \begin_layout Standard
13435 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13436 math mode and has a length of its own.
13437 Here are some examples of the
13438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13452 \begin_layout Enumerate
13453 line- and page-breaks
13454 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13464 \begin_layout Enumerate
13466 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13476 \begin_layout Enumerate
13477 Oh --- there's a dash.
13478 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13488 \begin_layout Enumerate
13489 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13493 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13503 \begin_layout Subsection
13508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13517 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13524 \begin_layout Standard
13525 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13526 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13535 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13540 following the rules of the document language
13544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13545 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13553 \begin_inset space ~
13557 \begin_inset space ~
13564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13575 \begin_layout Standard
13576 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13581 and with unusual constructs, like
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13590 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13591 This is done with the menu
13593 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13594 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13596 \begin_inset space ~
13602 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13603 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13607 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13608 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13609 a hyphen and a space in the form
13610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13618 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13626 as hyphenation possibility.
13627 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13628 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13629 of the LaTeX-box-command
13635 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13636 As LyX doesn't support
13642 , we have to use TeX Code.
13643 The result looks in LyX like:
13646 \begin_layout Standard
13647 \begin_inset Graphics
13648 filename clipart/mbox.png
13655 \begin_layout Standard
13656 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13657 \begin_inset space ~
13661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13663 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13670 \begin_layout Subsection
13675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13685 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13688 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13695 \begin_layout Standard
13696 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13697 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13698 LaTeX then adds the
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13702 appropriate amount of space
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13707 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13709 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13712 \begin_layout Standard
13713 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13727 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13728 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13731 \begin_layout Standard
13732 Here are some examples of
13736 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13739 \begin_layout Itemize
13744 \begin_layout Itemize
13749 \begin_layout Standard
13750 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13753 \begin_layout Itemize
13755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13759 this is too much space!
13762 \begin_layout Itemize
13767 \begin_layout Standard
13768 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13771 \begin_layout Standard
13772 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13775 \begin_layout Enumerate
13779 \begin_inset space ~
13784 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13785 \begin_inset space ~
13789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13791 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13800 Spaces ! inter-word
13808 \begin_layout Enumerate
13812 \begin_inset space ~
13817 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13818 \begin_inset space ~
13822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13824 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13841 \begin_layout Enumerate
13845 \begin_inset space ~
13849 \begin_inset space ~
13853 \begin_inset space ~
13860 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13862 \begin_inset space ~
13867 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13868 This function is also bound to
13871 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13877 \begin_layout Standard
13878 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13881 \begin_layout Itemize
13883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13887 \begin_inset space \space{}
13890 this is too much space!
13893 \begin_layout Itemize
13894 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13898 \begin_layout Standard
13899 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13900 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13901 LaTeX will care about this.
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13909 \begin_inset space ~
13914 feature described in section
13920 Additional Features
13925 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13931 Typography ! Quotes
13940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13971 \begin_layout Standard
13972 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13973 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13974 and use a closing quote at the end.
13976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13984 The keyboard character,
13988 , generates this automatically.
13991 \begin_layout Standard
13992 You can change the behavior of the
13996 key using the submenu
14002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 Document ! Settings
14018 \begin_layout Standard
14019 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14024 There are six choices:
14027 \begin_layout Labeling
14028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14040 Use quotes like this
14041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14049 \begin_inset Quotes els
14053 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14059 \begin_layout Labeling
14060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14063 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14067 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14073 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14077 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14081 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14087 \begin_layout Labeling
14088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14091 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14101 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14109 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14113 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14119 \begin_layout Labeling
14120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14123 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14127 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14133 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14137 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14141 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14145 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14151 \begin_layout Labeling
14152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14155 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14159 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14165 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14169 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14173 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14177 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14183 \begin_layout Labeling
14184 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14187 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14191 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14197 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14201 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14205 \begin_inset Quotes als
14209 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14215 \begin_layout Standard
14216 These settings affects what character the
14223 \begin_layout Subsection
14228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14229 Typography ! Ligatures
14238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14269 name "sub:Ligatures"
14276 \begin_layout Standard
14277 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14278 print them as single characters.
14279 These groups are known as
14284 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14286 Here are the standard ligatures:
14289 \begin_layout Itemize
14293 \begin_layout Itemize
14297 \begin_layout Itemize
14301 \begin_layout Itemize
14305 \begin_layout Itemize
14309 \begin_layout Standard
14310 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14314 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14315 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14323 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14339 To break a ligature, use
14341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14342 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 \begin_inset space ~
14351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14355 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14362 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14379 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14387 \begin_layout Subsection
14392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14401 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 You have surely noticed, that the word
14410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14417 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14418 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14419 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14439 \begin_inset Note Note
14442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14443 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14452 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14457 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14461 \begin_layout Description
14462 LyX The name of the game, write
14463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 \begin_layout Description
14485 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14507 \begin_layout Description
14508 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14530 \begin_layout Description
14531 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14567 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14568 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14569 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14572 : The actual version is
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 , the previous one was
14581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14593 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14597 \begin_inset space \space{}
14600 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14602 This will look in LyX like:
14603 \begin_inset Graphics
14604 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14610 \begin_inset Newline newline
14613 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14614 \begin_inset space ~
14618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14620 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14627 \begin_layout Subsection
14632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14641 \begin_layout Standard
14642 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14643 space between two words.
14644 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 for units use the menu
14656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14659 \begin_inset space ~
14667 arg "space-insert thin"
14673 \begin_layout Standard
14674 Here's an example to show the differences:
14677 \begin_layout Standard
14678 \begin_inset Tabular
14679 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14681 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14682 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14689 \begin_inset space ~
14693 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14705 space between number and unit
14712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14721 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14733 half space between number and unit
14746 \begin_layout Subsection
14751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14752 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14761 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14763 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14764 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14765 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14766 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14767 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14768 These bits of text became known as
14779 \begin_layout Standard
14780 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14781 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14782 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14783 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14784 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14785 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14786 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14789 \begin_layout Standard
14790 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14791 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14792 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14793 \begin_inset space ~
14797 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14799 key "latexcompanion"
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14814 ] may have more information.
14815 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14818 \begin_layout Chapter
14819 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14822 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14829 \begin_layout Standard
14830 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14835 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14838 \begin_layout Section
14843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14859 \begin_layout Standard
14860 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14863 \begin_layout Description
14865 \begin_inset space ~
14868 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14869 \begin_inset Newline newline
14873 \begin_inset Note Note
14876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14885 \begin_layout Description
14886 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14887 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14889 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14890 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14891 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14894 \begin_inset Newline newline
14898 \begin_inset Note Comment
14901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14902 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14910 \begin_layout Description
14912 \begin_inset space ~
14915 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14916 \begin_inset Newline newline
14920 \begin_inset Newline newline
14924 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14933 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14934 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14935 How this can be done is explained in the
14944 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14950 \begin_inset Newline newline
14954 \begin_inset Newline newline
14957 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14958 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14962 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14963 \begin_inset Graphics
14964 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14966 scaleBeforeRotation
14972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14976 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14979 \begin_layout Section
14984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14993 name "sec:Footnotes"
15000 \begin_layout Standard
15001 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15007 or the toolbar button
15008 \begin_inset Graphics
15009 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15022 \begin_inset Graphics
15023 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15032 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15061 label, the box will
15065 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15066 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15079 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 Here's an example footnote:
15104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15105 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15113 \begin_layout Standard
15114 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15115 position where the footnote box is placed.
15116 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15117 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15118 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15119 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15120 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15125 ey are described in the
15132 \begin_layout Section
15137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15146 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15153 \begin_layout Standard
15154 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15155 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15159 \begin_inset space ~
15164 or the toolbar button
15165 \begin_inset Graphics
15166 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15193 appearing within your text.
15194 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15204 At the side is an example marginal note.
15208 \begin_inset Marginal
15211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15212 This is a marginal note.
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15222 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15223 pages, right on odd pages.
15226 \begin_layout Section
15227 Graphics and Images
15231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15250 name "sec:Graphics"
15257 \begin_layout Standard
15258 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15259 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15260 \begin_inset Graphics
15261 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15271 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15274 \begin_layout Standard
15275 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15280 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15281 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15283 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15284 \begin_inset space ~
15288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15290 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15302 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15303 of the image in the output.
15304 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15308 \begin_inset space ~
15312 \begin_inset space ~
15321 \begin_inset space ~
15325 \begin_inset space ~
15329 \begin_inset space ~
15334 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15335 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15346 LaTeX and LyX options
15348 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15349 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15353 \begin_inset space ~
15358 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15359 with the image size is printed.
15363 \begin_inset space ~
15367 \begin_inset space ~
15371 \begin_inset space ~
15376 is explained in the
15387 \begin_layout Standard
15388 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15389 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15391 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15397 \begin_inset Graphics
15398 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15400 rotateOrigin center
15407 \begin_layout Standard
15408 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15409 the image into a float, see section
15410 \begin_inset space ~
15414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15416 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15423 \begin_layout Subsection
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15437 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15444 \begin_layout Standard
15445 You can insert images in any known file format.
15446 But as we explained in section
15447 \begin_inset space ~
15451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15453 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15457 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15458 LyX uses therefore the program
15462 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15463 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15464 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15465 \begin_inset space ~
15469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15471 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15478 \begin_layout Standard
15479 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15482 \begin_layout Description
15484 \begin_inset space ~
15487 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15488 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15489 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15493 Graphics Interchange Format
15494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15497 (GIF, file extension
15498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15545 Portable Network Graphics
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15549 (PNG, file extension
15550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 (JPG, file extension
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15660 \begin_layout Description
15662 \begin_inset space ~
15665 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15667 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15668 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15669 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15670 \begin_inset Newline newline
15673 Scalable image formats can be
15674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15677 Scalable Vector Graphics
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15681 (SVG, file extension
15682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15729 Encapsulated PostScript
15730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15733 (EPS, file extension
15734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15781 Portable Document Format
15782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15785 (PDF, file extension
15786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15808 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15809 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15810 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15824 \begin_layout Standard
15825 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15829 \begin_layout Subsection
15830 Grouping of Image Settings
15834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15835 Images ! Settings grouping
15843 \begin_layout Standard
15844 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15846 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15847 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15849 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15850 need to manually change each of them.
15854 \begin_layout Standard
15855 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15856 \change_deleted 0 1231493834
15860 \begin_inset space ~
15866 \begin_inset space ~
15871 field in the Graphics dialog.
15872 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15873 by checking the name of the desired group.
15876 \begin_layout Section
15881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15897 \begin_layout Standard
15898 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15899 \begin_inset Graphics
15900 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15911 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15912 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15913 from the rest of the table.
15914 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15915 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15917 Here's an example table:
15920 \begin_layout Standard
15922 \begin_inset Tabular
15923 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15928 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16128 \begin_layout Subsection
16132 \begin_layout Standard
16133 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16134 brings up the table dialog.
16135 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16136 where the cursor is placed currently.
16137 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16138 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16139 done on all of your selection.
16142 \begin_layout Standard
16143 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16146 \begin_inset space ~
16151 helps you in setting table properties.
16152 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16155 \begin_layout Standard
16159 \begin_inset space ~
16164 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16165 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16166 current cell respectively.
16167 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16169 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16170 of text, see section
16171 \begin_inset space ~
16175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16177 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16184 \begin_layout Standard
16185 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16191 This will merge the cells to
16195 cell, spread over more than one column.
16196 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16197 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16198 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16199 in the last row without the upper border:
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16204 \begin_inset Tabular
16205 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16206 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16207 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16208 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16221 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16230 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16306 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16341 \begin_layout Standard
16342 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16343 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16344 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16345 explained in the tables section of the
16348 \begin_inset space ~
16354 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16358 degrees counterclockwise.
16359 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16362 \begin_layout Standard
16363 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16371 Most DVI-viewers are
16375 able to display rotations.
16383 \begin_layout Standard
16388 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16393 adds lines for all cell borders.
16396 \begin_layout Subsection
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16402 Tables ! Longtables
16411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16420 \begin_layout Standard
16421 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16424 \begin_inset space ~
16428 \begin_inset space ~
16437 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16438 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16441 \begin_layout Description
16446 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16447 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16448 except for the first page, if
16451 \begin_inset space ~
16459 \begin_layout Description
16463 \begin_inset space ~
16468 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16469 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16472 \begin_layout Description
16477 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16478 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16479 except for the last page, if
16482 \begin_inset space ~
16490 \begin_layout Description
16494 \begin_inset space ~
16499 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16500 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16503 \begin_layout Description
16504 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16505 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16511 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16514 \begin_inset space ~
16522 \begin_layout Standard
16523 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16524 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16525 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16526 The others will then be defined as
16531 In this context, first means first in this order:
16534 \begin_inset space ~
16546 \begin_inset space ~
16552 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16555 \begin_layout Standard
16557 \begin_inset Tabular
16558 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16559 <features islongtable="true">
16560 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16561 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16562 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16563 <row endfirsthead="true">
16564 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16575 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16584 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 <row endfirsthead="true">
16595 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16615 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16627 <row endhead="true">
16628 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16639 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 <row endhead="true">
16659 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16691 <row endfoot="true">
16692 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16703 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16743 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17684 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17693 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17702 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17713 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17744 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17775 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17806 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17837 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17868 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17899 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17930 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17961 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17992 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18023 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18054 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18085 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18116 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18147 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18209 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18240 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18271 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18302 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18333 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18364 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18395 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18426 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18457 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18488 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18519 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18550 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18581 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18612 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18643 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18673 <row endlastfoot="true">
18674 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18685 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18694 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 \begin_layout Subsection
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18725 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18732 \begin_layout Standard
18733 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18734 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18735 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18736 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18740 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18741 for the cell's paragraph.
18744 \begin_layout Standard
18745 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18746 for the column in the table dialog.
18747 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18748 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18752 \begin_layout Standard
18754 \begin_inset Tabular
18755 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18758 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18848 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 This is longer now.
18909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18960 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18961 This is longer now.
18966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18992 \begin_layout Standard
18993 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18994 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19000 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19006 Selection with the mouse or with
19010 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19011 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19012 the selection from outside the table.
19015 \begin_layout Section
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19036 \begin_layout Standard
19037 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19038 have a fixed location.
19040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19047 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19055 \begin_inset space ~
19060 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19061 too much notes at the page.
19064 \begin_layout Standard
19065 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19066 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19067 and pages without text.
19068 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19069 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19070 Floats are therefore numbered.
19071 Referencing is described in section
19072 \begin_inset space ~
19076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19078 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19085 \begin_layout Standard
19086 To insert a float, use the menu
19088 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19092 A box with a caption that has e.
19093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19097 \begin_inset space \space{}
19101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19105 \begin_inset space ~
19109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19112 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19113 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19115 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19126 paragraph within the float.
19127 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19128 by left-clicking on the box label.
19129 A closed float box looks like this:
19130 \begin_inset Graphics
19131 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19136 -- a gray button with a red label.
19139 \begin_layout Standard
19140 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19141 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19144 \begin_layout Subsection
19148 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19154 Floats ! Figure floats
19160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19162 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19169 \begin_layout Standard
19172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19173 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19176 inserts a float with the label
19177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19183 \begin_inset space ~
19189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19193 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19194 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19195 This is what we did for Figure
19196 \begin_inset space ~
19200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19202 reference "cap:Platypus"
19207 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19208 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19209 This was done in Figure
19210 \begin_inset space ~
19214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19216 reference "cap:Escher"
19223 \begin_layout Standard
19224 \begin_inset Float figure
19229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19231 \begin_inset Graphics
19232 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19234 rotateOrigin center
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 \begin_inset Caption
19244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19247 name "cap:Platypus"
19251 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19264 \begin_layout Standard
19265 \begin_inset Float figure
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 \begin_inset Caption
19273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 \begin_inset Graphics
19292 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19294 rotateOrigin center
19306 \begin_layout Standard
19307 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19309 As described in section
19310 \begin_inset space ~
19314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19316 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19320 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19325 and refer to it using the menu
19327 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19331 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19340 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19352 \begin_layout Standard
19353 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19354 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19355 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19356 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19358 \begin_inset space ~
19362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19364 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19368 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19369 You can also set the images one below the other.
19371 \begin_inset space ~
19375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19377 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19384 reference "fig:Platypus"
19388 are the subfigures.
19391 \begin_layout Standard
19392 \begin_inset Float figure
19397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19398 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19402 \begin_inset Float figure
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 \begin_inset Caption
19410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19413 name "fig:Undefinable"
19425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19426 \begin_inset Graphics
19427 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19438 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19442 \begin_inset Float figure
19447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 \begin_inset Caption
19450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19453 name "fig:Platypus"
19465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 \begin_inset Graphics
19467 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19479 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 \begin_inset Caption
19488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19491 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19495 Two distorted images.
19508 \begin_layout Standard
19509 Note that the caption is added to the
19512 \begin_inset space ~
19516 \begin_inset space ~
19521 as described in section
19522 \begin_inset space ~
19526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19528 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19535 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19541 Floats ! Table floats
19549 \begin_layout Standard
19550 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19553 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19557 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19560 \begin_inset space ~
19564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19566 reference "cap:Table-float"
19570 is an example of a table float.
19573 \begin_layout Standard
19574 \begin_inset Float table
19579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 \begin_inset Caption
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19585 name "cap:Table-float"
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19599 \begin_inset Tabular
19600 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19602 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19603 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19604 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19754 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19775 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19796 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19810 \begin_layout Standard
19811 This float type is inserted with the menu
19813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19814 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19818 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19819 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19823 , described in section
19824 \begin_inset space ~
19828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19830 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19837 \begin_layout Standard
19838 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19846 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19852 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19855 \begin_layout Standard
19860 floatname{algorithm}{your
19861 \begin_inset space ~
19867 \begin_layout Standard
19868 to the document preamble (menu
19870 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19877 \begin_inset space ~
19883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19897 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19903 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19911 \begin_layout Standard
19912 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 \begin_inset Graphics
19921 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19923 rotateOrigin center
19930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19931 \begin_inset Caption
19933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19936 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19940 This is a wrapped figure.
19941 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19954 This float type is used if you want to
19955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19962 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19964 It can be inserted using the menu
19966 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19967 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19969 \begin_inset space ~
19974 if the LaTeX-package
19982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19993 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19996 \begin_inset space ~
20006 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20009 \begin_inset space ~
20013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20015 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20019 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20028 Available units are explained in Appendix
20029 \begin_inset space ~
20033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20035 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20044 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20048 \begin_layout Standard
20049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20062 \begin_inset space \space{}
20065 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20066 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20067 over some other text.
20075 \begin_layout Itemize
20076 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20077 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20078 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20079 breaks will appear.
20082 \begin_layout Itemize
20083 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20084 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20087 \begin_layout Itemize
20088 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20089 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20092 \begin_layout Itemize
20093 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20096 \begin_layout Subsection
20098 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20100 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20117 \begin_layout Standard
20118 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20119 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20123 \begin_inset space ~
20131 \begin_layout Standard
20132 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20133 have a multi-column document).
20134 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20137 \begin_inset space ~
20143 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20144 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20151 \begin_layout Standard
20152 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20153 format is also the same: Table
20154 \begin_inset space ~
20158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20160 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20164 is an example of a rotated table float.
20167 \begin_layout Standard
20168 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20176 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20184 \begin_layout Standard
20185 \begin_inset Float table
20190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20191 \begin_inset Caption
20193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20196 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20210 \begin_inset Tabular
20211 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20217 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20277 \begin_layout Subsection
20279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20281 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20298 \begin_layout Standard
20299 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20300 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20301 \begin_inset Newline newline
20307 \begin_inset space ~
20312 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20313 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20315 \begin_inset Newline newline
20321 \begin_inset space ~
20326 is used to rotate floats, see section
20327 \begin_inset space ~
20331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20333 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20341 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20342 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20345 \begin_inset space ~
20349 \begin_inset space ~
20357 \begin_layout Description
20359 \begin_inset space ~
20363 \begin_inset space ~
20366 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20369 \begin_layout Description
20371 \begin_inset space ~
20375 \begin_inset space ~
20378 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20381 \begin_layout Description
20383 \begin_inset space ~
20387 \begin_inset space ~
20390 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20393 \begin_layout Description
20395 \begin_inset space ~
20399 \begin_inset space ~
20402 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20405 \begin_layout Standard
20406 The order of the above option is
20411 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20415 \begin_inset space ~
20419 \begin_inset space ~
20427 \begin_inset space ~
20431 \begin_inset space ~
20436 , and then the others.
20437 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20439 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20440 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20443 \begin_layout Standard
20444 By default, each options has its own rules:
20447 \begin_layout Standard
20451 \begin_inset space ~
20455 \begin_inset space ~
20460 only floats occupying less than 70
20461 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20464 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20467 \begin_layout Standard
20471 \begin_inset space ~
20475 \begin_inset space ~
20480 : only floats occupying less than 30
20481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20484 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20487 \begin_layout Standard
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20495 \begin_inset space ~
20500 : only if more than 50
20501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20504 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20513 \begin_inset space ~
20517 \begin_inset space ~
20525 \begin_layout Standard
20526 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20527 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20528 For this case you can use the option
20531 \begin_inset space ~
20537 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20539 Because the float is then no longer able to
20540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20547 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20550 \begin_layout Standard
20551 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20552 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20555 \begin_layout Standard
20556 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20558 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20560 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20567 \begin_layout Section
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20581 name "sec:Minipages"
20588 \begin_layout Standard
20589 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20591 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20592 \begin_inset space ~
20599 \begin_layout Standard
20600 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20606 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20607 and its alignment within the page.
20610 \begin_layout Standard
20612 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20621 height_special "totalheight"
20624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 This is a minipage.
20628 The text is set in an italic style.
20631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20634 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20635 another formatting.
20643 \begin_layout Standard
20644 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20647 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20651 as described in section
20652 \begin_inset space ~
20656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20658 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20663 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20669 \begin_layout Standard
20670 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20679 height_special "totalheight"
20682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20684 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20694 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20703 height_special "totalheight"
20706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20707 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20708 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20723 \begin_layout Standard
20724 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20725 to other box types.
20726 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20737 \begin_layout Chapter
20738 Mathematical Formulas
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20783 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20790 \begin_layout Standard
20791 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20796 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20799 \begin_layout Section
20804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20813 \begin_layout Standard
20814 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20815 \begin_inset Graphics
20816 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20821 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20823 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20824 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20825 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20834 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20838 \begin_inset space ~
20843 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20848 line, like this one:
20851 \begin_layout Standard
20852 This is a line with an inline formula
20853 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20859 \begin_layout Standard
20860 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20862 \begin_inset Formula \[
20867 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20871 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20877 \begin_inset space \space{}
20881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20894 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20895 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20899 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20902 \begin_inset space ~
20910 \begin_layout Subsection
20911 Navigating in Formulas
20915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20924 \begin_layout Standard
20925 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20926 achieved with the arrow keys.
20927 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20928 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20933 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20934 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20938 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20942 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20944 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20952 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20957 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20958 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20961 \begin_layout Standard
20966 , printed in this document as
20967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20988 \begin_inset Note Note
20991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20992 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20993 space character (visible space).
20998 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20999 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21000 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21005 For example, if you want
21006 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21060 , since in the latter case only the
21063 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21068 will be under the square root sign:
21069 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21075 \begin_layout Standard
21076 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21078 \begin_inset Formula \[
21079 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21082 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21086 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21087 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21090 \begin_layout Subsection
21094 \begin_layout Standard
21095 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21096 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21100 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21101 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21102 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21103 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21104 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21107 \begin_layout Subsection
21108 Exponents and Subscripts
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21133 way is to use a command.
21135 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21138 , type in a formula
21144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21160 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21166 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21170 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21191 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21200 , you have to use an extra
21204 to separate the hat and the character.
21206 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21210 \begin_inset space \space{}
21214 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21235 Subscripts are similar: To get
21236 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21259 \begin_layout Subsection
21264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21273 \begin_layout Standard
21274 Create a fraction with either the command
21281 \begin_inset Graphics
21282 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21290 \begin_inset space ~
21296 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21297 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21298 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21303 To move back up, press
21308 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21309 \begin_inset Formula \[
21310 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21312 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21319 \begin_layout Subsection
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21333 \begin_layout Standard
21334 Roots can be created using the
21337 \begin_inset space ~
21343 \begin_inset Graphics
21344 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21367 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21373 produces always a square root.
21376 \begin_layout Subsection
21377 Operators with Limits
21381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21400 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21407 \begin_layout Standard
21409 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21413 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21416 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21417 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21418 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21419 The sum operator will automatically place its
21420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21427 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21430 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21434 \begin_inset Formula \[
21435 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21439 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21443 \begin_layout Standard
21444 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21446 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21447 behind the operator and hitting
21455 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21456 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21458 \begin_inset space ~
21462 \begin_inset space ~
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21479 feature as addition, such as
21483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21490 \begin_inset Formula \[
21491 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21495 which will place the
21496 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21508 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21509 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21516 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21523 Have a look at section
21524 \begin_inset space ~
21528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21530 reference "sub:Functions"
21534 for an explanation of function macros.
21537 \begin_layout Subsection
21542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 \begin_layout Standard
21552 Most math symbols can be found in the
21555 \begin_inset space ~
21560 under one of several categories; including
21577 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21581 \begin_layout Standard
21582 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21583 you don't have to use the
21586 \begin_inset space ~
21591 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21592 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21595 \begin_layout Subsection
21600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21609 \begin_layout Standard
21610 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21615 arg "space-insert protected"
21621 \begin_inset space ~
21627 \begin_inset Graphics
21628 filename ../images/math/space.png
21633 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21634 Here a example for the sequence
21639 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21643 \begin_inset Graphics
21644 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21649 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21650 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21651 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21652 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21657 \begin_layout Standard
21667 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21673 \begin_layout Standard
21683 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21689 \begin_layout Subsection
21694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21703 name "sub:Functions"
21710 \begin_layout Standard
21714 \begin_inset space ~
21719 contains under the button
21720 \begin_inset Graphics
21721 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21725 a number of functions, such as
21726 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21730 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21738 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21745 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21746 avoid confusions, because
21747 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21751 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21757 \begin_layout Standard
21758 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21760 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21764 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21770 \begin_layout Standard
21771 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21772 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21773 \begin_inset space ~
21777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21779 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21786 \begin_layout Subsection
21791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21800 \begin_layout Standard
21801 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21803 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21804 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21809 \begin_inset space \space{}
21813 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21816 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21817 Our example is entered by typing
21825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21838 \begin_inset space ~
21842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21844 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21848 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21851 \begin_layout Standard
21852 \begin_inset Float table
21857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21858 \begin_inset Caption
21860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21863 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21867 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21877 \begin_inset Tabular
21878 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21966 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22020 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22074 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22128 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22182 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22236 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22290 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22398 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22443 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22464 \begin_layout Standard
22465 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22468 \begin_inset space ~
22474 \begin_inset Graphics
22475 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22479 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22483 \begin_layout Section
22484 Brackets and Delimiters
22488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22507 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22514 \begin_layout Standard
22515 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22516 For most purposes, using just the keys
22521 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22522 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22525 \begin_inset space ~
22531 \begin_inset Graphics
22532 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22537 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22539 \begin_inset Formula \[
22540 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22542 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22546 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22547 \begin_inset Formula \[
22548 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22555 \begin_layout Standard
22556 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22557 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22560 \begin_layout Standard
22561 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22562 left side and right side.
22563 If you use the option
22566 \begin_inset space ~
22571 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22572 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22573 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22574 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22577 \begin_layout Standard
22578 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22579 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22580 inside the brackets.
22581 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22586 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22589 \begin_layout Standard
22590 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22591 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22601 \begin_layout Section
22606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22615 \begin_layout Standard
22616 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22617 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22628 \begin_layout Standard
22629 \begin_inset Formula \[
22630 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22637 \begin_layout Standard
22638 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22653 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22654 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22655 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22658 \begin_layout Section
22659 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22684 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22692 \begin_layout Standard
22693 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22696 \begin_inset space ~
22702 \begin_inset Graphics
22703 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22708 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22709 Here is an example:
22710 \begin_inset Formula \[
22711 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22714 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22718 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22719 \begin_inset space ~
22723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22725 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22730 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22731 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22732 This alignment is set in the box
22737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22785 for every column as default.
22786 For example, the sequence
22787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22798 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22799 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22800 corresponds to the relevant column.
22801 The result will look like this:
22802 \begin_inset Formula \[
22804 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22805 column & has & has\, right\\
22806 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22817 arg "newline-insert newline"
22820 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22821 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22823 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22829 \begin_layout Standard
22830 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22831 It can be created with the menu
22833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22834 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22836 \begin_inset space ~
22849 \begin_inset Formula \[
22853 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22864 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22867 arg "newline-insert newline"
22871 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22876 arg "newline-insert newline"
22879 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22887 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22888 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22889 A new row is created by every further hit of
22892 arg "newline-insert newline"
22896 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22897 Here is an example:
22898 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22899 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22900 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22904 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22905 where you want to start the shift and hit
22910 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22911 position to the next column.
22912 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22913 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22914 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22915 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22922 \begin_layout Standard
22923 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22930 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22931 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22934 reference "eq:asquared"
22939 The other types are described in section
22940 \begin_inset space ~
22944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22946 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22953 \begin_layout Section
22954 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22959 Math ! Formula numbering
22968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22969 Math ! Referencing formulas
22975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22977 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22984 \begin_layout Standard
22985 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22987 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22988 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22990 \begin_inset space ~
22998 arg "math-number-toggle"
23002 The formula number appears in LyX as
23003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23010 within parentheses.
23012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23019 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23021 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23022 the document class.
23023 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23024 separated by a dot:
23025 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23026 1+1=2\end{equation}
23033 arg "math-number-toggle"
23036 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23037 You can only number displayed formulas.
23040 \begin_layout Standard
23041 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23043 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23044 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23046 \begin_inset space ~
23050 \begin_inset space ~
23054 \begin_inset space ~
23062 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23065 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23066 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23068 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23069 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23073 To number all lines use the shortcut
23076 arg "math-number-toggle"
23082 \begin_layout Standard
23083 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23086 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23087 A label is inserted with the menu
23089 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23092 when the cursor is in the formula.
23093 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23094 It is recommended to use the proposed
23095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23106 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23107 type when you have many labels in your document.
23108 We inserted in the following example the label
23109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23116 in the second line:
23117 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23118 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23119 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23123 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23124 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23134 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23136 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23138 \begin_inset space ~
23144 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23145 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23146 as the formula number:
23149 \begin_layout Standard
23150 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23153 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23160 \begin_layout Standard
23161 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23162 \begin_inset space ~
23166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23168 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23173 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23176 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23179 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23184 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23192 \begin_layout Section
23193 User defined math macros
23197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23207 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23208 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23209 Math macros are explained in section
23212 \begin_inset space ~
23224 \begin_layout Section
23228 \begin_layout Subsection
23233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23242 \begin_layout Standard
23243 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23244 To set a font in a formula, use the
23247 \begin_inset space ~
23253 \begin_inset Graphics
23254 filename ../images/math/font.png
23258 , or enter its command, listed in table
23259 \begin_inset space ~
23263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23265 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23272 \begin_layout Standard
23273 \begin_inset Float table
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23279 \begin_inset Caption
23281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23284 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23288 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23298 \begin_inset Tabular
23299 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23302 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23334 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23421 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23509 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23536 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23570 \begin_layout Standard
23571 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23579 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23595 \begin_layout Standard
23596 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23597 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23602 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23603 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23604 Here an example where a
23605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23616 denotes the set of numbers:
23617 \begin_inset Formula \[
23618 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23625 \begin_layout Standard
23626 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23632 \begin_inset space \space{}
23644 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23648 \begin_inset Newline newline
23651 So better don't use this feature.
23654 \begin_layout Standard
23655 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23656 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23660 \begin_inset Newline newline
23663 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23669 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23670 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23683 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23686 \begin_layout Standard
23687 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23689 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23690 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23692 \begin_inset space ~
23700 \begin_layout Subsection
23705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 \begin_layout Standard
23715 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23717 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23721 \begin_inset space ~
23725 \begin_inset space ~
23733 \begin_inset space ~
23739 \begin_inset Graphics
23740 filename ../images/math/font.png
23747 \begin_inset space ~
23753 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23754 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23755 Here is an example:
23756 \begin_inset Formula \[
23758 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23759 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23766 \begin_layout Subsection
23771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23780 \begin_layout Standard
23781 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23782 automatically chosen in most situations.
23800 For most characters,
23808 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23809 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23814 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23815 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23816 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23817 \begin_inset Graphics
23818 filename ../images/math/style.png
23823 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23824 For example, you can set
23825 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23828 , which is normally in
23837 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23841 The four styles are used in the following example:
23844 \begin_layout Standard
23845 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23849 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23853 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23857 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23863 \begin_layout Standard
23864 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23865 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23867 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23869 \begin_inset space ~
23874 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23875 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23876 will be adjusted to correspond.
23877 As example a formula in the font size
23878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23888 \begin_layout Standard
23892 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23898 \begin_layout Section
23902 \begin_layout Standard
23903 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23904 the document classes and into layout modules.
23908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23914 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23915 other than the AMS classes.
23917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23919 reference "sub:Modules"
23923 for more on layout modules.
23926 \begin_layout Section
23931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 \begin_layout Standard
23951 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23952 (AMS) that are in common use.
23955 \begin_layout Subsection
23956 Enabling AMS-Support
23959 \begin_layout Standard
23960 Selecting the checkbox
23963 \begin_inset space ~
23967 \begin_inset space ~
23971 \begin_inset space ~
23978 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23986 Document ! Settings
23994 \begin_inset space ~
23999 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24001 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24002 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24005 \begin_layout Subsection
24007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24009 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24018 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24026 \begin_layout Standard
24027 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24028 LyX allows you to choose between
24049 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24052 \begin_layout Chapter
24056 \begin_layout Section
24061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24070 name "sec:Cross-References"
24077 \begin_layout Standard
24078 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24079 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24081 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24082 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24083 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24086 \begin_layout Enumerate
24090 \begin_layout Enumerate
24091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24093 name "enu:Second-item"
24100 \begin_layout Enumerate
24104 \begin_layout Standard
24105 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24110 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24111 \begin_inset Graphics
24112 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24118 A grey label box like this:
24119 \begin_inset Graphics
24120 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24125 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24126 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24136 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24161 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24166 \begin_inset space \space{}
24169 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24184 \begin_layout Standard
24185 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24190 or the toolbar button
24191 \begin_inset Graphics
24192 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24198 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24199 \begin_inset Graphics
24200 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24205 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24207 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24220 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24222 Here is our cross-reference:
24225 \begin_layout Standard
24227 \begin_inset space ~
24231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24233 reference "enu:Second-item"
24240 \begin_layout Standard
24241 It is recommended to use a protected space
24245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24246 described in section
24247 \begin_inset space ~
24251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24253 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24262 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24266 \begin_layout Standard
24267 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24270 \begin_layout Description
24271 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24274 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24281 \begin_layout Description
24282 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24283 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24295 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24302 \begin_layout Description
24303 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24304 \begin_inset space ~
24308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24309 LatexCommand pageref
24310 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24317 \begin_layout Description
24319 \begin_inset space ~
24323 \begin_inset space ~
24326 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24328 LatexCommand vpageref
24329 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24336 \begin_layout Description
24338 \begin_inset space ~
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24346 \begin_inset space ~
24349 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24353 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24360 \begin_layout Description
24362 \begin_inset space ~
24365 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24366 \begin_inset Newline newline
24370 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24378 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24387 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24402 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24408 \begin_inset space \space{}
24412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24428 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24429 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24433 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24437 \begin_layout Standard
24438 You can only use the style
24442 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24446 is always possible.
24449 \begin_layout Standard
24450 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24451 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24452 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24453 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24454 \begin_inset space ~
24458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24460 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24471 \begin_inset space ~
24475 \begin_inset space ~
24480 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24481 The button text changes then to
24484 \begin_inset space ~
24489 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24490 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24491 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24497 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24498 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24501 \begin_layout Standard
24502 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24503 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24506 \begin_layout Standard
24507 References are described in detail in the
24514 \begin_layout Section
24515 Table of Contents and other Listings
24519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24545 \begin_layout Subsection
24547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24549 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24557 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24560 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24562 \begin_inset space ~
24566 \begin_inset space ~
24572 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24573 If you click on it, the
24577 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24578 sections in your documents.
24579 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24581 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24584 that is described in sec.
24585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24591 reference "sec:Navigating"
24598 \begin_layout Standard
24599 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24600 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24602 \begin_inset space ~
24606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24608 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24612 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24614 \begin_inset space ~
24618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24620 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24624 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24626 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24629 \begin_layout Subsection
24630 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24633 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24640 \begin_layout Standard
24641 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24642 You can insert them via the
24644 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24646 \begin_inset space ~
24650 \begin_inset space ~
24656 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24659 \begin_layout Section
24660 URLs and Hyperlinks
24664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24683 \begin_layout Subsection
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24697 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24703 \begin_layout Standard
24704 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24705 \begin_inset Flex URL
24708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24725 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24730 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24738 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24746 \begin_layout Subsection
24748 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24750 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24757 \begin_layout Standard
24758 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24760 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24763 or with the toolbar button
24764 \begin_inset Graphics
24765 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24771 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24780 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24781 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24782 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24784 name "LyX's homepage"
24785 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24789 , an Email address like this:
24790 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24792 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24793 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24798 , or a link to a file.
24801 \begin_layout Standard
24802 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24815 to the link target.
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24819 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24820 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24821 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24822 the text style dialog.
24823 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24827 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24829 name "LyX's homepage"
24830 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24837 \begin_layout Standard
24838 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24842 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24844 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24845 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24849 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24851 \begin_inset Newline newline
24859 \begin_inset Newline newline
24866 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24869 \begin_layout Section
24874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24883 name "sec:Appendices"
24890 \begin_layout Standard
24891 Appendices are created with the menu
24893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24895 \begin_inset space ~
24899 \begin_inset space ~
24905 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24906 as appendix region.
24907 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24910 \begin_layout Standard
24911 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24912 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24913 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24914 and the subsection number.
24915 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24919 \begin_layout Standard
24921 \begin_inset space ~
24925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24927 reference "cha:Credits"
24932 \begin_inset space ~
24936 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24938 reference "sub:Export"
24945 \begin_layout Section
24950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24959 name "sec:Bibliography"
24966 \begin_layout Standard
24967 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24968 You can include a bibliography database,
24972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24973 Known under the name
24974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24986 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24987 manually, using the paragraph environment
24991 , which was described in section
24992 \begin_inset space ~
24996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24998 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25003 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25004 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25008 use a bibliography database.
25011 \begin_layout Subsection
25012 The Bibliography Environment
25015 \begin_layout Standard
25020 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25022 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25031 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25033 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25042 , a short form of its title, as key.
25045 \begin_layout Standard
25046 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25051 or the toolbar button
25052 \begin_inset Graphics
25053 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25059 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25060 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25061 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25062 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25066 \begin_layout Standard
25067 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25068 with surrounding brackets.
25073 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25074 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25086 \begin_layout Standard
25089 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25092 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25094 key "latexcompanion"
25101 \begin_layout Standard
25102 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25103 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25112 \begin_layout Subsection
25113 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25118 Bibliography ! Databases
25127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25128 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25136 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25143 \begin_layout Standard
25144 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25150 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25152 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25153 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25158 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25160 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25161 your working field in a database.
25162 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25163 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25165 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25170 The database is a text file with the file extension
25171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25182 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25183 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25186 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25191 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25192 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25193 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25194 \begin_inset Flex URL
25197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25199 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25208 To use a database, use the menu
25210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25215 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25228 \begin_inset space ~
25234 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25235 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25238 Add bibliography to TOC
25240 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25245 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25261 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25262 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25263 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25265 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25271 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25272 \begin_inset Newline newline
25276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25278 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25290 \begin_layout Standard
25291 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25294 \begin_layout Standard
25295 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25296 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25299 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25327 \begin_inset space ~
25333 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25339 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25348 \begin_layout Standard
25349 When you select the option
25351 Sectioned bibliography
25355 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25359 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25361 Customizing Bibliographies
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25376 the two methods of creating them.
25377 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25378 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25379 We used the style file
25383 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25386 \begin_layout Subsection
25387 Bibliography layout
25391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25392 Bibliography ! Layout
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25401 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25402 For this feature you need to enable the option
25408 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25416 Document ! Settings
25426 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25427 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25428 in the previous section.
25431 \begin_layout Standard
25432 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25433 in the citation reference window.
25434 Here an example where we set the text
25435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25439 \begin_inset space ~
25443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25446 to appear after the reference:
25449 \begin_layout Standard
25451 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25454 key "latexcompanion"
25461 \begin_layout Section
25466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25482 \begin_layout Standard
25483 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25487 \begin_inset space ~
25492 or the toolbar button
25493 \begin_inset Graphics
25494 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25512 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25513 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25514 by LyX as index entry.
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25518 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25519 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25521 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25523 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25530 \begin_layout Standard
25531 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25535 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25539 \begin_inset space ~
25543 \begin_inset space ~
25546 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25548 \begin_inset space ~
25554 A light blue box labeled
25555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25566 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25567 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25570 \begin_layout Subsection
25571 Grouping Index Entries
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25584 \begin_layout Standard
25585 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25587 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25588 lists under the entry
25589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25597 First we create the entry
25598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25606 \begin_inset space ~
25610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25612 reference "sub:Lists"
25617 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25618 \begin_inset space ~
25622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25624 reference "sec:Itemize"
25628 , we insert the command
25631 \begin_layout Standard
25637 \begin_layout Standard
25641 \begin_layout Standard
25647 \begin_layout Standard
25648 for the enumerated list in section
25649 \begin_inset space ~
25653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25655 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25662 \begin_layout Standard
25663 The exclamation mark
25664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25671 marks the grouping levels.
25672 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25673 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25674 If we don't have an index entry for
25675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25682 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25685 \begin_layout Subsection
25690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25691 Index ! Page ranges
25699 \begin_layout Standard
25700 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25702 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25703 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25705 \begin_inset space ~
25709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25711 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25721 Paragraph environments|(
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 and another entry at the end of section
25726 \begin_inset space ~
25730 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25732 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25739 \begin_layout Standard
25742 Paragraph environments|)
25745 \begin_layout Standard
25747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25770 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25771 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25772 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25773 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25774 An example is the index entry
25775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25778 Document ! Settings
25779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25785 \begin_layout Subsection
25790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25791 Index ! Cross referencing
25799 \begin_layout Standard
25800 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25801 We referred for example in the index entry
25802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25814 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25816 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25820 ) to the index entry
25821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25828 in the same section using the entry
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25834 GIF|see{Image formats}
25837 \begin_layout Standard
25838 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25839 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25840 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25843 \begin_layout Subsection
25848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25849 Index ! Entry order
25857 \begin_layout Standard
25858 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25859 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25860 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25865 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25873 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25882 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25883 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25912 Dummy entries ! maïs
25921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25922 Dummy entries ! maître
25931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25932 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25937 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25938 order maïs, maison, maître.
25939 To achieve this, we use the command
25942 \begin_layout Standard
25945 previous entry@current entry
25948 \begin_layout Standard
25949 In our case we want to have
25950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25965 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25968 \begin_layout Standard
25974 \begin_layout Standard
25975 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25976 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25980 \begin_layout Subsection
25985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25986 Index ! Entry layout
25994 \begin_layout Standard
25995 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26002 This is an italic dummy entry
26007 You can also format the page number using the character
26008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26015 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26016 We can write for example
26019 \begin_layout Standard
26022 italic page number:|textit
26025 \begin_layout Standard
26026 to get the page number in italic.
26030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26031 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26036 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26054 \begin_inset space ~
26060 Have a look at section
26061 \begin_inset space ~
26065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26067 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26071 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26083 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26087 to generate the index, see section
26088 \begin_inset space ~
26092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26094 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26103 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26104 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26106 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26109 key "latexcompanion"
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26122 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26124 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26125 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26126 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26127 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26128 If so, put the following in preamble
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26143 \begin_layout Standard
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 into the index entry.
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26159 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26164 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26165 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26166 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26170 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26176 \begin_inset space \space{}
26179 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26180 for all index entries.
26181 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26193 documentation for details,
26194 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26196 key "makeindex,xindy"
26203 \begin_layout Subsection
26208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26217 name "sub:Index-Program"
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 When the index entry program
26229 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26230 generation, otherwise the program
26234 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26235 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26236 dialog, see section
26237 \begin_inset space ~
26241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26243 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26248 The available options are listed and explained in
26249 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26251 key "makeindex,xindy"
26256 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26259 \begin_layout Standard
26264 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26265 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26267 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26269 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26270 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26278 \begin_layout Section
26279 Nomenclature / Glossary
26283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26324 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26331 \begin_layout Standard
26332 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26333 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26337 \begin_layout Standard
26338 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26347 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26353 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26354 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26360 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26364 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26365 and then use the menu
26367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26373 \begin_inset space ~
26378 or the toolbar button
26379 \begin_inset Graphics
26380 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26381 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26398 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26402 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26403 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26404 The second is the description of the symbol.
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26416 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26424 \begin_layout Subsection
26425 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26430 Nomenclature ! Layout
26438 \begin_layout Standard
26439 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26443 field as LaTeX-formula.
26445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26449 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26457 \begin_inset Newline newline
26465 \begin_inset Newline newline
26471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26478 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26479 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26491 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26502 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26503 \begin_inset space ~
26507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26509 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26516 \begin_layout Standard
26520 \begin_inset space ~
26525 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26526 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26531 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26538 in this document is:
26539 \begin_inset Newline newline
26544 dummy entry for the character
26549 \begin_inset Newline newline
26561 \begin_inset space ~
26571 font use the command
26600 \begin_layout Subsection
26601 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26606 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26614 \begin_layout Standard
26615 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26616 the symbol definition.
26617 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26618 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26621 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26622 LatexCommand nomenclature
26624 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26631 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26635 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26636 LatexCommand nomenclature
26639 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26644 They will be sorted by
26645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26671 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26674 will be sorted before the
26678 since the character
26679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26686 is considered in sorting.
26689 \begin_layout Standard
26690 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26693 \begin_inset space ~
26698 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26699 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26701 For the given example, you can insert
26705 to this field for the
26706 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26713 will be located before
26714 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26720 \begin_layout Standard
26721 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26726 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26735 \begin_layout Subsection
26736 Nomenclature Options
26740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26741 Nomenclature ! Options
26749 \begin_layout Standard
26754 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26755 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26758 \begin_layout Description
26759 refeq Appends the phrase
26760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26775 to every nomenclature entry, where
26781 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26784 \begin_layout Description
26785 refpage Appends the phrase
26786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26801 to every nomenclature entry, where
26807 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26810 \begin_layout Description
26811 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26814 \begin_layout Standard
26815 There are furthermore the options
26859 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26863 \begin_layout Standard
26864 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26865 class options list in the
26867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26871 In this document the option
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26885 \begin_layout Standard
26886 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26887 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26892 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26895 \begin_layout Description
26905 \begin_layout Description
26908 nomrefpage Like the
26915 \begin_layout Description
26918 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26927 \begin_layout Description
26931 \begin_inset space ~
26937 \begin_inset space ~
26942 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26945 \begin_layout Subsection
26946 Printing the Nomenclature
26950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26951 Nomenclature ! Printing
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26960 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26964 \begin_inset space ~
26968 \begin_inset space ~
26971 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26975 A light blue box labeled
26976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26987 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26988 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26991 \begin_layout Standard
26992 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27001 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27009 For example, in order to change the name to
27013 , add the following line to the preamble:
27016 \begin_layout Standard
27024 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27034 \begin_layout Standard
27035 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27036 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27039 \begin_layout Standard
27047 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27050 \begin_layout Standard
27053 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27054 \begin_inset space ~
27058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27060 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27065 The default value is 1
27066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27072 \begin_layout Subsection
27073 Nomenclature Program
27077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27078 Nomenclature ! Program
27084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27086 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27094 LyX uses the program
27098 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27099 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27104 by adding options, see section
27105 \begin_inset space ~
27109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27111 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27116 The available options are listed and explained in
27117 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27119 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27126 \begin_layout Section
27131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27142 Document ! Branches
27148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27150 name "sec:Branches"
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27158 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27159 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27160 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27161 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27164 \begin_layout Standard
27165 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27166 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27167 To create a branch, go in the
27169 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27177 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27178 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27182 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27183 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27188 where you can choose a branch.
27189 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27193 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27194 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27197 \begin_layout Standard
27198 \begin_inset Branch Question
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27202 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27211 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27214 \begin_layout Standard
27215 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27223 \begin_layout Standard
27224 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27230 \begin_layout Standard
27231 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27232 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27234 For example you can define for the question branch
27238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27239 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27240 \begin_inset space ~
27244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27246 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27268 \begin_layout Standard
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27279 and for the answer branch
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 \begin_inset Branch Question
27306 \begin_layout Standard
27310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27338 \begin_layout Standard
27339 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27374 \begin_layout Standard
27375 Now it is possible to use the commands
27379 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27386 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27389 to obtain conditional output.
27390 Here is an example formula where only the
27397 \begin_inset Formula \[
27398 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27405 \begin_layout Standard
27406 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27414 \begin_layout Section
27416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27418 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27440 dialog provides under
27444 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27445 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27454 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27467 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27468 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27469 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27471 You can specify in the dialog tab
27475 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27477 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27478 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27487 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27488 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27489 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27491 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27492 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27494 \begin_inset space ~
27497 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27498 \begin_inset space ~
27501 1 will only display the sections.
27504 \begin_layout Standard
27505 The header informations in the dialog tab
27509 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27510 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27515 \begin_inset space \space{}
27518 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27519 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27522 Automatic fill header
27524 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27525 title and author settings.
27528 \begin_layout Standard
27531 Load in fullscreen mode
27533 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27537 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27538 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27544 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27545 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27554 \begin_layout Section
27555 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27558 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27565 \begin_layout Subsection
27570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27579 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27587 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27588 constructs, but not all.
27589 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27590 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27591 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27592 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27593 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27597 \begin_layout Standard
27598 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27600 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27602 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27604 \begin_inset space ~
27609 or by the toolbar button
27610 \begin_inset Graphics
27611 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27616 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27621 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27622 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27623 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27630 , you can write the command part
27636 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27640 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27641 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27642 the following example:
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27646 \begin_inset Graphics
27647 filename clipart/ERT.png
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27660 This is a line with a
27664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27687 \begin_layout Standard
27688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27696 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27697 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27705 \begin_layout Subsection
27706 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27707 \begin_inset OptArg
27710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27729 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27738 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27739 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27748 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27749 every time if you know the right commands.
27751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27755 \begin_inset space \space{}
27758 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27759 the end of the day.
27760 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27761 all caption labels bold.
27762 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27764 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27767 \begin_layout Standard
27768 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27769 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27770 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27782 As result you know that the package
27790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27791 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27797 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27805 \begin_layout Standard
27810 usepackage[options]{package name}
27813 \begin_layout Standard
27814 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27815 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27816 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27820 In your case the package name is
27825 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27830 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27831 So you add the command
27834 \begin_layout Standard
27839 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27842 \begin_layout Standard
27843 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27848 For more commands provided by the
27852 package, have a look at its documentation,
27853 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27867 \begin_layout Standard
27868 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27870 For example if you use a
27874 class, you don't need the package
27878 , you can instead write
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27886 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27891 \begin_layout Standard
27892 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27893 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27894 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27901 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27905 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27906 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27908 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27909 the previous section.
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27915 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27917 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27925 \begin_layout Section
27926 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27927 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27929 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27957 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27958 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27959 to break your train of thought with
27961 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27967 \begin_layout Standard
27968 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27969 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27978 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27983 as explained below, and turn on
27986 \begin_inset space ~
27993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27999 \begin_inset space ~
28003 \begin_inset space ~
28006 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28013 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28015 Previews of an already loaded document are
28019 generated just by selecting the
28022 \begin_inset space ~
28027 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28031 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28032 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28035 \begin_inset space ~
28040 check box in the insert dialog.
28041 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28046 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28050 (on some systems named simply
28055 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28057 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28063 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28064 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28072 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28077 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28083 \begin_layout Standard
28084 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28088 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28090 \begin_inset space ~
28095 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28096 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28098 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28099 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28100 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28101 the source view window.
28104 \begin_layout Section
28106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28108 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28127 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28144 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28150 can be seen as successor of
28154 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28159 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28160 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28170 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28180 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28183 or the toolbar button
28184 \begin_inset Graphics
28185 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28190 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28191 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28192 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28193 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28194 scrolled so that it is visible.
28199 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28201 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28205 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28206 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28209 \begin_layout Standard
28210 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28213 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28217 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28218 will bring an error message.
28219 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28220 specifying a different
28222 Alternative language
28224 in preferences dialog.
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28231 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28237 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28239 But you can use the
28242 \begin_inset space ~
28246 \begin_inset space ~
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28255 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28256 This does work with
28260 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28263 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28267 \begin_layout Standard
28272 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28275 \begin_layout Description
28277 \begin_inset space ~
28280 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28281 should consider, e.
28282 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28286 \begin_inset space \space{}
28289 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28290 This should not normally be needed.
28293 \begin_layout Description
28295 \begin_inset space ~
28298 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28299 as your personal dictionary
28302 \begin_layout Description
28304 \begin_inset space ~
28308 \begin_inset space ~
28311 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28323 \begin_layout Description
28325 \begin_inset space ~
28329 \begin_inset space ~
28332 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28341 also for the spellchecker.
28345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28346 The encodings are explained in section
28347 \begin_inset space ~
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28353 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28362 Only enable this if you use
28366 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28367 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28368 so this is disabled by default.
28371 \begin_layout Section
28376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28385 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28392 \begin_layout Standard
28393 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28400 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28403 or the toolbar button
28404 \begin_inset Graphics
28405 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28407 rotateOrigin center
28412 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28416 \begin_layout Standard
28417 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28418 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28419 cases to find related words.
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28423 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28425 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28433 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28442 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28461 \begin_layout Section
28466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28477 Document ! Change Tracking
28483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28485 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28492 \begin_layout Standard
28493 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28494 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28495 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28496 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28498 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28500 \begin_inset space ~
28503 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28505 \begin_inset space ~
28513 \begin_layout Standard
28514 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28523 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28526 \begin_inset space ~
28530 \begin_inset space ~
28543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28552 \begin_layout Standard
28553 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28566 \begin_layout Standard
28567 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28573 \begin_layout Standard
28574 \begin_inset Graphics
28575 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28582 \begin_layout Standard
28583 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28589 \begin_layout Standard
28590 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28595 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28601 \begin_layout Standard
28602 \begin_inset Tabular
28603 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28604 <features islongtable="true">
28605 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28606 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28607 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28612 \begin_inset Graphics
28613 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28615 rotateOrigin center
28624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28632 \begin_inset space ~
28635 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28637 \begin_inset space ~
28646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28651 \begin_inset Graphics
28652 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28653 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28654 rotateOrigin center
28663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28671 \begin_inset space ~
28674 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28676 \begin_inset space ~
28680 \begin_inset space ~
28684 \begin_inset space ~
28693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28698 \begin_inset Graphics
28699 filename ../images/change-next.png
28700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28701 rotateOrigin center
28710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28714 Jumps to the next change
28720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28725 \begin_inset Graphics
28726 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28728 rotateOrigin center
28737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28743 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28745 \begin_inset space ~
28748 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28750 \begin_inset space ~
28759 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28764 \begin_inset Graphics
28765 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28766 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28767 rotateOrigin center
28776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28784 \begin_inset space ~
28787 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28789 \begin_inset space ~
28798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 \begin_inset Graphics
28804 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28806 rotateOrigin center
28815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28823 \begin_inset space ~
28826 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28828 \begin_inset space ~
28837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28842 \begin_inset Graphics
28843 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28845 rotateOrigin center
28854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28860 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28862 \begin_inset space ~
28865 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28867 \begin_inset space ~
28871 \begin_inset space ~
28880 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28885 \begin_inset Graphics
28886 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28887 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28888 rotateOrigin center
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28905 \begin_inset space ~
28908 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28910 \begin_inset space ~
28914 \begin_inset space ~
28923 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28928 \begin_inset Graphics
28929 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28930 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28931 rotateOrigin center
28940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28946 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28947 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28949 \begin_inset space ~
28958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28963 \begin_inset Graphics
28964 filename ../images/note-next.png
28965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28966 rotateOrigin center
28975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28981 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28983 \begin_inset space ~
28999 \begin_layout Standard
29000 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29006 \begin_layout Standard
29007 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29008 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29009 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29010 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29011 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29012 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29013 step to the next change.
29014 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29017 \begin_layout Standard
29018 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29019 to describe a change.
29022 \begin_layout Standard
29023 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29032 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29038 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29045 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29048 \begin_layout Section
29049 International Support
29053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29054 International support
29062 \begin_layout Standard
29063 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29064 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29065 how to set up LyX to use them:
29066 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29068 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29075 \begin_layout Standard
29076 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29077 \begin_inset space ~
29081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29083 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29090 \begin_layout Subsection
29095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29106 Document ! Settings
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29116 Document ! Language
29124 \begin_layout Standard
29127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29130 dialog lets you set
29132 the language and character encoding for your language.
29136 \begin_layout Standard
29137 Choose your language in the
29141 section of this dialog.
29149 \begin_layout Standard
29154 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29159 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29160 For details about the different encoding options see section
29161 \begin_inset space ~
29165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29167 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29174 \begin_layout Subsection
29175 Keyboard mapping configuration
29176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29178 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29185 \begin_layout Standard
29186 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29187 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29188 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29189 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29190 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29192 \begin_inset space ~
29196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29198 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29203 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29204 which one you want to use.
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29208 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29209 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29210 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29211 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29212 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29213 one to support the characters you want.
29214 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29221 \begin_layout Subsection
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29227 \begin_inset space ~
29231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29233 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29242 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29246 \begin_layout Standard
29247 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29248 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29256 \begin_layout Itemize
29257 Even if you have selected
29263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29266 dialog, users who have only the
29270 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29274 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29275 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29276 french quotes won't show up.
29279 \begin_layout Standard
29280 \begin_inset Float table
29285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29286 \begin_inset Caption
29288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29291 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 \begin_inset Tabular
29310 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29312 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29313 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29314 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29317 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29318 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29319 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29320 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29321 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29328 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33741 \begin_layout Standard
33742 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33744 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33745 also the characters from
33757 \begin_layout Itemize
33766 \begin_layout Standard
33767 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33768 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33774 \begin_layout Standard
33775 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33782 \begin_layout Standard
33783 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33784 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33790 \begin_layout Standard
33791 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33792 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33798 \begin_layout Standard
33800 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33806 \begin_layout Standard
33808 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33814 \begin_layout Standard
33816 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33823 \begin_layout Itemize
33836 \begin_layout Standard
33838 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33844 \begin_layout Standard
33846 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33852 \begin_layout Standard
33854 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33860 \begin_layout Standard
33862 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33868 \begin_layout Standard
33870 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33876 \begin_layout Standard
33878 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33885 \begin_layout Standard
33886 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33887 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33888 Also make sure you're using the
33895 \begin_layout Chapter
33898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33900 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33907 \begin_layout Standard
33908 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33909 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33910 inside the user's guide.
33913 \begin_layout Section
33918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 \begin_layout Standard
33932 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33933 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33936 \begin_layout Subsection
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33941 Creates a new document.
33944 \begin_layout Subsection
33948 \begin_layout Standard
33949 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33950 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33951 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33954 \begin_layout Subsection
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33962 \begin_layout Subsection
33966 \begin_layout Standard
33967 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33968 Click there on a file to open it.
33971 \begin_layout Subsection
33975 \begin_layout Standard
33976 Closes the current document.
33979 \begin_layout Subsection
33983 \begin_layout Standard
33984 Saves the actual document.
33987 \begin_layout Subsection
33991 \begin_layout Standard
33992 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33995 \begin_layout Subsection
33999 \begin_layout Standard
34000 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34003 \begin_layout Subsection
34007 \begin_layout Standard
34008 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34009 It is described in the section
34011 Version Control in LyX
34016 \begin_inset space ~
34024 \begin_layout Subsection
34028 \begin_layout Standard
34029 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34030 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34031 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34034 \begin_layout Standard
34035 When using the menu
34038 \begin_inset space ~
34042 \begin_inset space ~
34047 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34048 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34050 will start a new paragraph.
34053 \begin_layout Subsection
34055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34064 \begin_layout Standard
34065 You can export your document to various file formats.
34066 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34067 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34068 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34071 \begin_layout Standard
34072 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34074 \begin_inset space ~
34078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34080 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34087 \begin_layout Description
34091 \begin_inset space ~
34096 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34097 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34100 \begin_layout Description
34108 \begin_layout Description
34109 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34113 \begin_layout Description
34115 \begin_inset space ~
34119 \begin_inset space ~
34122 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34126 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34134 \begin_layout Description
34141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 \begin_inset space ~
34154 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34155 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34159 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34162 \begin_layout Description
34169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 \begin_inset space ~
34182 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34183 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34191 \begin_layout Description
34193 \begin_inset space ~
34196 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34204 is replaced by the version number)
34207 \begin_layout Description
34208 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34221 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34225 \begin_layout Description
34230 PDF-format using the program
34235 \begin_layout Description
34239 \begin_inset space ~
34244 PDF-format using the program
34249 \begin_layout Description
34253 \begin_inset space ~
34258 PDF-format using the program
34263 \begin_layout Description
34267 \begin_inset space ~
34275 \begin_layout Description
34279 \begin_inset space ~
34283 \begin_inset space ~
34288 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34289 and then exported as text using the program
34294 \begin_layout Description
34299 PostScript format using the program
34304 \begin_layout Description
34312 \begin_layout Standard
34317 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34318 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34324 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34327 \begin_layout Standard
34328 If one of the menu entries
34335 \begin_inset space ~
34344 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34345 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34346 \begin_inset space ~
34350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34352 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34361 Reconfiguration of LyX
34369 \begin_layout Standard
34374 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34375 the export program.
34378 \begin_layout Subsection
34382 \begin_layout Standard
34383 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34384 or send it to a printer.
34385 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34386 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34392 For more informations have a look at section
34393 \begin_inset space ~
34397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34399 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34406 \begin_layout Subsection
34407 New and Close Window
34410 \begin_layout Standard
34411 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34412 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34415 \begin_layout Section
34420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34429 \begin_layout Subsection
34433 \begin_layout Standard
34434 Described in section
34435 \begin_inset space ~
34439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34441 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34448 \begin_layout Subsection
34449 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34452 \begin_layout Standard
34453 Described in section
34454 \begin_inset space ~
34458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34460 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34467 \begin_layout Subsection
34471 \begin_layout Standard
34472 Selects the whole document.
34475 \begin_layout Subsection
34479 \begin_layout Standard
34480 Described in section
34481 \begin_inset space ~
34485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34487 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34494 \begin_layout Subsection
34495 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34498 \begin_layout Standard
34499 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34503 \begin_layout Subsection
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34508 Described in section
34509 \begin_inset space ~
34513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34515 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34522 \begin_layout Subsection
34527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34528 Paragraph ! Settings
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34539 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34542 \begin_layout Standard
34543 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34544 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34553 \begin_inset space ~
34561 \begin_layout Subsection
34565 \begin_layout Standard
34566 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34567 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34568 The properties of tables are described in section
34569 \begin_inset space ~
34573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34575 reference "sec:Tables"
34579 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34580 \begin_inset space ~
34584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34586 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34593 \begin_layout Subsection
34594 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34597 \begin_layout Standard
34598 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34600 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34601 \begin_inset space ~
34605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34607 reference "sec:Nesting"
34612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34614 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34621 \begin_layout Section
34626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34640 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34641 document with an external program.
34642 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34643 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34644 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34651 reference "sub:Export"
34656 You should at least see the menu entries
34663 \begin_inset space ~
34669 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34670 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34671 \begin_inset space ~
34675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34677 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 Reconfiguration of LyX
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34696 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34697 \begin_inset space ~
34701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34703 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34708 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34711 \begin_layout Standard
34712 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34715 At the bottom of the
34719 menu the opened documents are listed.
34722 \begin_layout Subsection
34723 Open/Close all Insets
34726 \begin_layout Standard
34727 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34730 \begin_layout Subsection
34731 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34734 \begin_layout Standard
34735 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34738 \begin_layout Standard
34739 Math macros are described in the
34746 \begin_layout Subsection
34750 \begin_layout Standard
34751 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34753 \begin_inset space ~
34757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34759 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34766 \begin_layout Subsection
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34771 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34772 opening a new view window.
34775 \begin_layout Subsection
34779 \begin_layout Standard
34780 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34781 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34782 the same document, but at different positions.
34783 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34784 or more documents the same time.
34785 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34792 \begin_layout Subsection
34796 \begin_layout Standard
34797 Closes a split view.
34800 \begin_layout Subsection
34804 \begin_layout Standard
34805 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34806 that you will see nothing than your text.
34807 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34808 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34809 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34812 \begin_layout Subsection
34814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34816 name "sub:Toolbars"
34824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34833 \begin_layout Standard
34834 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34835 All toolbars and the
34838 \begin_inset space ~
34843 can be turned on and off.
34848 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34860 \begin_inset space ~
34869 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34873 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34880 \begin_layout Standard
34885 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34889 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34890 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34891 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34892 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34893 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34896 \begin_layout Standard
34897 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34898 \begin_inset space ~
34902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34904 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34911 \begin_layout Section
34916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34925 \begin_layout Subsection
34929 \begin_layout Standard
34930 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34931 \begin_inset space ~
34935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34937 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34948 \begin_layout Subsection
34950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34952 name "sub:Special-Character"
34959 \begin_layout Standard
34960 Here you can insert the following characters:
34963 \begin_layout Description
34964 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
34965 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
34966 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
34967 \begin_inset Newline newline
34971 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34979 Not all characters will be visible in the
34983 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
34985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34991 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
34995 ) can display every character.
35003 \begin_layout Description
35004 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35008 \begin_layout Description
35010 \begin_inset space ~
35014 \begin_inset space ~
35017 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35018 \begin_inset space ~
35022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35024 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35031 \begin_layout Description
35033 \begin_inset space ~
35036 Quote Inserts this quote:
35037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35040 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35052 \begin_layout Description
35054 \begin_inset space ~
35057 Quote Inserts this quote:
35058 \begin_inset Quotes els
35064 \begin_layout Description
35066 \begin_inset space ~
35069 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35073 \begin_layout Description
35075 \begin_inset space ~
35078 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35082 \begin_layout Description
35084 \begin_inset space ~
35087 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35091 \begin_layout Description
35093 \begin_inset space ~
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35111 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35116 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35117 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35118 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35127 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35133 \begin_inset Newline newline
35136 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35140 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35148 and this Wiki-page:
35149 \begin_inset Newline newline
35153 \begin_inset Flex URL
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35158 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35166 \begin_layout Subsection
35170 \begin_layout Standard
35171 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35174 \begin_layout Description
35175 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35176 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35182 \begin_layout Description
35183 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35184 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35190 \begin_layout Description
35192 \begin_inset space ~
35195 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35196 \begin_inset space ~
35200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35202 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35209 \begin_layout Description
35211 \begin_inset space ~
35214 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35215 \begin_inset space ~
35219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35221 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35228 \begin_layout Description
35230 \begin_inset space ~
35233 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35234 \begin_inset space ~
35238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35240 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35247 \begin_layout Description
35249 \begin_inset space ~
35252 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35253 \begin_inset space ~
35257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35259 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35266 \begin_layout Description
35268 \begin_inset space ~
35271 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35272 \begin_inset space ~
35276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35278 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35285 \begin_layout Description
35287 \begin_inset space ~
35290 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35291 \begin_inset space ~
35295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35297 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35304 \begin_layout Description
35306 \begin_inset space ~
35309 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35310 \begin_inset space ~
35314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35316 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35323 \begin_layout Description
35325 \begin_inset space ~
35328 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35329 \begin_inset space ~
35333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35335 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35342 \begin_layout Description
35344 \begin_inset space ~
35348 \begin_inset space ~
35351 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35352 \begin_inset space ~
35356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35358 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35365 \begin_layout Description
35367 \begin_inset space ~
35370 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35371 text line to the page border, see section
35372 \begin_inset space ~
35376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35378 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35385 \begin_layout Description
35387 \begin_inset space ~
35390 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35391 \begin_inset space ~
35395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35397 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35404 \begin_layout Description
35406 \begin_inset space ~
35409 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35410 text page to the page border, described in section
35411 \begin_inset space ~
35415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35417 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35424 \begin_layout Description
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35429 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35430 \begin_inset space ~
35434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35436 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35443 \begin_layout Description
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35452 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35453 \begin_inset space ~
35457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35459 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35466 \begin_layout Subsection
35470 \begin_layout Standard
35471 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35472 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35474 \begin_inset space ~
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35480 reference "sec:toc"
35485 The index list is described in section
35486 \begin_inset space ~
35490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35492 reference "sec:Index"
35496 , the nomenclature in section
35497 \begin_inset space ~
35501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35503 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35507 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35508 \begin_inset space ~
35512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35514 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35521 \begin_layout Subsection
35525 \begin_layout Standard
35526 To insert floats, described in section
35527 \begin_inset space ~
35531 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35533 reference "sec:Floats"
35540 \begin_layout Subsection
35544 \begin_layout Standard
35545 To insert notes, described in section
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35552 reference "sec:Notes"
35559 \begin_layout Subsection
35563 \begin_layout Standard
35564 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35565 \begin_inset space ~
35569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35571 reference "sec:Branches"
35578 \begin_layout Subsection
35583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35592 \begin_layout Standard
35593 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35594 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35605 \begin_layout Subsection
35610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 \begin_layout Standard
35620 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35627 reference "sec:Minipages"
35632 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35643 \begin_layout Subsection
35647 \begin_layout Standard
35648 Inserts a citation as described in section
35649 \begin_inset space ~
35653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35655 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35662 \begin_layout Subsection
35666 \begin_layout Standard
35667 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35668 \begin_inset space ~
35672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35674 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35681 \begin_layout Subsection
35685 \begin_layout Standard
35686 Inserts a label as described in section
35687 \begin_inset space ~
35691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35693 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35700 \begin_layout Subsection
35705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35716 Longtables ! Caption
35724 \begin_layout Standard
35725 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35726 Floats are described in section
35727 \begin_inset space ~
35731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35733 reference "sec:Floats"
35737 , captions in longtables are described in section
35748 \begin_layout Subsection
35752 \begin_layout Standard
35753 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35754 \begin_inset space ~
35758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35760 reference "sec:Index"
35767 \begin_layout Subsection
35771 \begin_layout Standard
35772 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35773 \begin_inset space ~
35777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35779 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35786 \begin_layout Subsection
35790 \begin_layout Standard
35792 Tables are described in section
35793 \begin_inset space ~
35797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35799 reference "sec:Tables"
35806 \begin_layout Subsection
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35812 Graphics are described in section
35813 \begin_inset space ~
35817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35819 reference "sec:Graphics"
35826 \begin_layout Subsection
35830 \begin_layout Standard
35831 Inserts an URL as described in section
35832 \begin_inset space ~
35836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35838 reference "sub:URLs"
35845 \begin_layout Subsection
35849 \begin_layout Standard
35850 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35851 \begin_inset space ~
35855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35857 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35864 \begin_layout Subsection
35868 \begin_layout Standard
35869 Inserts a footnote, see section
35870 \begin_inset space ~
35874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35876 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35883 \begin_layout Subsection
35887 \begin_layout Standard
35888 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35889 \begin_inset space ~
35893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35895 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35902 \begin_layout Subsection
35906 \begin_layout Standard
35907 Inserts a short title, see section
35908 \begin_inset space ~
35912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35914 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35921 \begin_layout Subsection
35925 \begin_layout Standard
35926 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35927 \begin_inset space ~
35931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35933 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35940 \begin_layout Subsection
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35955 Inserts a program listings box.
35956 Program listings are explained in chapter
35958 Program Code Listings
35967 \begin_layout Subsection
35971 \begin_layout Standard
35972 Inserts the actual date.
35973 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
35975 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35985 There the different methods are also compared.
35988 \begin_layout Section
35993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36002 \begin_layout Standard
36003 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36004 \begin_inset space ~
36007 of the current document.
36008 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36011 \begin_layout Subsection
36015 \begin_layout Standard
36016 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36017 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36023 \begin_inset space \space{}
36027 \begin_inset space ~
36031 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36032 \begin_inset space ~
36035 2.5 and use the menu
36038 \begin_inset space ~
36042 \begin_inset space ~
36049 \begin_inset space ~
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36059 \begin_inset space ~
36065 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36069 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36075 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36081 \begin_layout Standard
36082 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36083 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36086 \begin_layout Subsection
36087 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36090 \begin_layout Standard
36091 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36095 \begin_layout Subsection
36099 \begin_layout Standard
36100 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36101 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36102 on a cross-reference box.
36105 \begin_layout Section
36110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36119 \begin_layout Subsection
36123 \begin_layout Standard
36124 Change Tracking is described in section
36125 \begin_inset space ~
36129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36131 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36138 \begin_layout Subsection
36143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36156 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36159 \begin_layout Standard
36160 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36165 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36168 \begin_layout Subsection
36172 \begin_layout Standard
36173 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36174 \begin_inset space ~
36178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36180 reference "sec:Navigating"
36185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36187 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36194 \begin_layout Subsection
36195 Start Appendix Here
36198 \begin_layout Standard
36199 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36200 position as described in section
36201 \begin_inset space ~
36205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36207 reference "sec:Appendices"
36214 \begin_layout Subsection
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36219 Un/compresses the actual document.
36222 \begin_layout Subsection
36226 \begin_layout Standard
36227 The document settings are described in appendix
36228 \begin_inset space ~
36232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36234 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36241 \begin_layout Section
36246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36255 \begin_layout Subsection
36259 \begin_layout Standard
36260 Spell checking is explained in section
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36267 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36274 \begin_layout Subsection
36278 \begin_layout Standard
36279 The thesaurus is described in section
36280 \begin_inset space ~
36284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36286 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36293 \begin_layout Subsection
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36317 \begin_layout Standard
36318 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36319 highlighted document part.
36322 \begin_layout Subsection
36327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36336 \begin_layout Standard
36337 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36340 \begin_layout Subsection
36345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36346 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36357 Reconfiguration of LyX
36361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36378 Reconfiguration of LyX
36386 \begin_layout Standard
36387 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36388 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36389 \begin_inset space ~
36393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36395 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36402 \begin_layout Subsection
36406 \begin_layout Standard
36407 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36414 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36421 \begin_layout Section
36426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 \begin_layout Standard
36436 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36440 \begin_layout Standard
36444 \begin_inset space ~
36449 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36450 found by LyX (see also section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36464 \begin_layout Section
36466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36468 name "sec:Toolbars"
36475 \begin_layout Standard
36476 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36477 \begin_inset space ~
36481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36483 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36490 \begin_layout Standard
36491 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36492 This is described in the
36494 Additional Features
36499 \begin_layout Subsection
36504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36514 \begin_inset Graphics
36515 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36523 \begin_layout Standard
36524 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36530 \begin_layout Standard
36531 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 \begin_inset Note Note
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36552 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36557 manual for more information.
36565 \begin_layout Standard
36566 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 \begin_inset Tabular
36574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36575 <features islongtable="true">
36576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36583 \begin_inset Graphics
36584 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36598 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36611 \begin_layout Standard
36612 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36620 \begin_inset Tabular
36621 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36622 <features islongtable="true">
36623 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36624 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36632 \begin_inset Graphics
36633 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36634 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36649 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36661 \begin_inset Graphics
36662 filename ../images/file-open.png
36663 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36678 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36690 \begin_inset Graphics
36691 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36692 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36714 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36719 \begin_inset Graphics
36720 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36736 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36748 \begin_inset Graphics
36749 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36772 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36777 \begin_inset Graphics
36778 filename ../images/undo.png
36779 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36794 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36806 \begin_inset Graphics
36807 filename ../images/redo.png
36808 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36823 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36830 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36835 \begin_inset Graphics
36836 filename ../images/cut.png
36837 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 \begin_inset Graphics
36865 filename ../images/copy.png
36866 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36888 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 \begin_inset Graphics
36894 filename ../images/paste.png
36895 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36910 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 \begin_inset Graphics
36923 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36924 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36925 rotateOrigin center
36934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36940 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36946 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36960 \begin_inset Graphics
36961 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36975 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
36977 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36979 \begin_inset space ~
36990 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36995 \begin_inset Graphics
36996 filename ../images/font-noun.png
36997 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37012 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37014 \begin_inset space ~
37025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37030 \begin_inset Graphics
37031 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37032 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37045 Formats text using the current settings in the
37047 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37049 \begin_inset space ~
37060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37065 \begin_inset Graphics
37066 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37083 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37085 \begin_inset space ~
37094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37099 \begin_inset Graphics
37100 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37102 rotateOrigin center
37111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37124 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37129 \begin_inset Graphics
37130 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37132 rotateOrigin center
37141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37147 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37154 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37159 \begin_inset Graphics
37160 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37161 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37162 rotateOrigin center
37171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 Toggle outline window on/off,
37177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37184 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 \begin_inset Graphics
37190 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37191 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37192 rotateOrigin center
37201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37205 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 \begin_inset Graphics
37217 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37219 rotateOrigin center
37228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37232 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37245 \begin_layout Subsection
37250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37259 \begin_layout Standard
37260 \begin_inset Graphics
37261 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37269 \begin_layout Standard
37270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37276 \begin_layout Standard
37277 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37281 \begin_layout Standard
37282 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37288 \begin_layout Standard
37289 \begin_inset Tabular
37290 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37291 <features islongtable="true">
37292 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37293 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37299 \begin_inset Graphics
37300 filename ../images/layout.png
37301 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37302 rotateOrigin center
37311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 \begin_inset Graphics
37327 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37329 rotateOrigin center
37338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37353 \begin_inset Graphics
37354 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37356 rotateOrigin center
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37380 \begin_inset Graphics
37381 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37382 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37383 rotateOrigin center
37392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37407 \begin_inset Graphics
37408 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37409 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37410 rotateOrigin center
37419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37434 \begin_inset Graphics
37435 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37436 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37437 rotateOrigin center
37446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37452 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37454 \begin_inset space ~
37458 \begin_inset space ~
37467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37472 \begin_inset Graphics
37473 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37474 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37475 rotateOrigin center
37484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37492 \begin_inset space ~
37496 \begin_inset space ~
37505 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37510 \begin_inset Graphics
37511 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37512 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37527 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37528 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 \begin_inset Graphics
37541 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37542 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37558 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37594 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37599 \begin_inset Graphics
37600 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37616 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37623 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37628 \begin_inset Graphics
37629 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37630 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37645 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 \begin_inset Graphics
37658 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37676 \begin_inset space ~
37685 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 \begin_inset Graphics
37691 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37692 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37709 \begin_inset space ~
37718 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37723 \begin_inset Graphics
37724 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37725 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37740 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 \begin_inset Graphics
37753 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37755 rotateOrigin center
37764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37772 \begin_inset space ~
37781 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37786 \begin_inset Graphics
37787 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37788 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37804 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37806 \begin_inset space ~
37815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 \begin_inset Graphics
37821 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37837 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37844 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 \begin_inset Graphics
37850 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37866 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37878 \begin_inset Graphics
37879 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37922 \begin_inset Graphics
37923 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37924 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37940 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37952 \begin_inset Graphics
37953 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37970 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37972 \begin_inset space ~
37981 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37986 \begin_inset Graphics
37987 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
37988 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37989 rotateOrigin center
37998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38006 \begin_inset space ~
38015 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38020 \begin_inset Graphics
38021 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38022 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38023 rotateOrigin center
38032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38040 \begin_inset space ~
38049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 \begin_inset Graphics
38055 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38057 rotateOrigin center
38066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38072 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38086 \begin_layout Subsection
38087 View / Update Toolbar
38091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38092 Toolbar ! View / Update
38100 \begin_layout Standard
38101 \begin_inset Graphics
38102 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38110 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38116 \begin_layout Standard
38117 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38121 \begin_layout Standard
38122 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38128 \begin_layout Standard
38129 \begin_inset Tabular
38130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38131 <features islongtable="true">
38132 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38133 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 \begin_inset Graphics
38140 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38142 rotateOrigin center
38151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38157 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38164 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38169 \begin_inset Graphics
38170 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38171 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38172 rotateOrigin center
38181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38188 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38200 \begin_inset Graphics
38201 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38202 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38203 rotateOrigin center
38212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38225 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38230 \begin_inset Graphics
38231 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38233 rotateOrigin center
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38249 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 \begin_inset Graphics
38262 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38264 rotateOrigin center
38273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38291 \begin_inset Graphics
38292 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38294 rotateOrigin center
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38309 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38310 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38324 \begin_layout Subsection
38328 \begin_layout Standard
38329 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38330 \begin_inset space ~
38334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38336 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38340 , the table toolbar
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38354 manual, the math macro toolbar
38358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38371 \begin_layout Chapter
38372 The Document Settings
38373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38375 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38384 Document ! Settings
38392 \begin_layout Standard
38393 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38394 whole document and is called with the menu
38396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38400 You can save your document settings as default with th
38402 e Save as Document Defaults
38404 button in the dialog.
38405 This will create a template name
38413 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38417 \begin_layout Standard
38418 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38421 \begin_layout Section
38425 \begin_layout Standard
38426 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38428 Document classes are described in section
38429 \begin_inset space ~
38433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38435 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38440 Some classes use some class options by default.
38441 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38445 and you can decide to use them or not.
38446 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38447 recommended not to touch them.
38448 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38454 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38455 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38460 When you want one of the following drivers
38461 \begin_inset Newline newline
38464 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38465 \begin_inset Newline newline
38468 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38473 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38475 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38487 \begin_layout Standard
38488 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38489 child or subdocument.
38490 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38491 without its master.
38492 This way child documents are always compileable.
38493 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38504 \begin_layout Section
38508 \begin_layout Standard
38509 Modules are explained in section
38510 \begin_inset space ~
38514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38516 reference "sub:Modules"
38523 \begin_layout Section
38527 \begin_layout Standard
38528 The document font settings are described in section
38529 \begin_inset space ~
38533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38535 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38542 \begin_layout Section
38546 \begin_layout Standard
38547 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38549 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38553 \begin_layout Standard
38554 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38555 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38556 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38559 \begin_layout Standard
38560 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38568 \begin_layout Section
38572 \begin_layout Standard
38573 A description of this menu is given in section
38574 \begin_inset space ~
38578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38580 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38587 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38594 \begin_layout Section
38598 \begin_layout Standard
38599 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38600 \begin_inset space ~
38604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38606 reference "sub:Margins"
38613 \begin_layout Section
38618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 Language ! Encoding
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38629 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38630 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38631 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38632 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38633 known for a particular character).
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38638 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38639 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38644 manual for details.
38652 \begin_layout Standard
38653 If you use the option
38657 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38658 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38659 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38660 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38661 exactly one encoding.
38662 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38671 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38672 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38674 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38689 \begin_layout Standard
38690 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38691 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38692 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38693 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38694 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38695 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38700 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38701 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38702 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38705 \begin_layout Standard
38706 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38709 \begin_layout Description
38711 \begin_inset space ~
38715 \begin_inset space ~
38719 \begin_inset space ~
38726 , but the LaTeX-package
38734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38741 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38742 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38743 languages in TeX code.
38746 \begin_layout Description
38747 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38748 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38749 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38752 \begin_layout Description
38754 \begin_inset space ~
38758 \begin_inset space ~
38761 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38764 \begin_layout Description
38766 \begin_inset space ~
38770 \begin_inset space ~
38773 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38776 \begin_layout Description
38778 \begin_inset space ~
38781 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38784 \begin_layout Description
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38790 \begin_inset space ~
38793 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38794 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38797 \begin_layout Description
38799 \begin_inset space ~
38803 \begin_inset space ~
38806 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38810 \begin_layout Description
38812 \begin_inset space ~
38816 \begin_inset space ~
38819 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38820 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38823 \begin_layout Description
38825 \begin_inset space ~
38829 \begin_inset space ~
38833 \begin_inset space ~
38836 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38843 \begin_layout Description
38845 \begin_inset space ~
38849 \begin_inset space ~
38853 \begin_inset space ~
38856 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38857 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38860 \begin_layout Description
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38866 \begin_inset space ~
38869 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38870 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38871 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38872 \begin_inset space ~
38876 \begin_inset space ~
38882 \begin_layout Description
38884 \begin_inset space ~
38888 \begin_inset space ~
38891 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38892 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38893 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38894 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38895 \begin_inset space ~
38899 \begin_inset space ~
38905 \begin_layout Description
38907 \begin_inset space ~
38911 \begin_inset space ~
38914 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38917 \begin_layout Description
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38926 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
38929 \begin_layout Description
38931 \begin_inset space ~
38935 \begin_inset space ~
38938 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
38941 \begin_layout Description
38943 \begin_inset space ~
38946 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
38949 \begin_layout Description
38951 \begin_inset space ~
38954 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
38957 \begin_layout Description
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38966 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
38969 \begin_layout Description
38971 \begin_inset space ~
38975 \begin_inset space ~
38981 \begin_layout Description
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38987 \begin_inset space ~
38990 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
38993 \begin_layout Description
38995 \begin_inset space ~
38999 \begin_inset space ~
39005 \begin_layout Description
39007 \begin_inset space ~
39011 \begin_inset space ~
39014 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39023 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39028 , when using this, set the document language to
39033 \begin_layout Description
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39039 \begin_inset space ~
39042 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39046 , when using this, set the document language to
39051 \begin_layout Description
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39057 \begin_inset space ~
39060 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39069 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39074 , when using this, set the document language to
39079 \begin_layout Description
39081 \begin_inset space ~
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39088 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39092 , when using this, set the document language to
39097 \begin_layout Description
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39106 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39110 , when using this, set the document language to
39115 \begin_layout Description
39117 \begin_inset space ~
39120 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39123 \begin_layout Description
39125 \begin_inset space ~
39129 \begin_inset space ~
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39136 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39139 \begin_layout Description
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_inset space ~
39149 \begin_inset space ~
39152 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39153 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39154 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39157 \begin_layout Description
39159 \begin_inset space ~
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39169 \begin_layout Description
39171 \begin_inset space ~
39175 \begin_inset space ~
39178 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39179 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39182 \begin_layout Description
39184 \begin_inset space ~
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39191 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39200 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39205 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39208 \begin_layout Description
39210 \begin_inset space ~
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39217 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39221 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39230 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39231 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39245 \begin_layout Description
39247 \begin_inset space ~
39251 \begin_inset space ~
39254 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39263 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39268 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39271 \begin_layout Description
39273 \begin_inset space ~
39276 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39285 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39291 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39295 \begin_layout Description
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39308 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39309 \begin_inset space ~
39315 \begin_layout Description
39317 \begin_inset space ~
39321 \begin_inset space ~
39325 \begin_inset space ~
39328 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39329 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39330 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39334 \begin_layout Description
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_inset space ~
39347 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39348 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39351 \begin_layout Section
39355 \begin_layout Standard
39356 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39358 \begin_inset space ~
39362 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39364 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39371 \begin_layout Section
39375 \begin_layout Standard
39376 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39385 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39399 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39405 For a further description see section
39406 \begin_inset space ~
39410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39412 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39419 \begin_layout Section
39423 \begin_layout Standard
39424 The PDF properties are explained in section
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39431 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39438 \begin_layout Section
39442 \begin_layout Standard
39443 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39452 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39466 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39471 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39474 \begin_layout Standard
39479 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39480 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39483 \begin_layout Standard
39488 is used for special integral characters.
39491 \begin_layout Section
39495 \begin_layout Standard
39496 The float placement options are described in section
39497 \begin_inset space ~
39501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39503 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39510 \begin_layout Section
39514 \begin_layout Standard
39515 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39516 The itemize environment is described in section
39517 \begin_inset space ~
39521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39523 reference "sec:Itemize"
39530 \begin_layout Section
39534 \begin_layout Standard
39535 Branches are described in section
39536 \begin_inset space ~
39540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39542 reference "sec:Branches"
39549 \begin_layout Section
39554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39564 \begin_layout Standard
39565 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39566 to define LaTeX-commands.
39567 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39568 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39572 \begin_layout Standard
39573 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39574 \begin_inset space ~
39578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39580 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39587 \begin_layout Chapter
39593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39595 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39612 \begin_layout Standard
39613 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39615 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39619 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39622 \begin_layout Section
39626 \begin_layout Subsection
39630 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39631 User Interface File
39635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39636 Customization ! of toolbars
39645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39646 Customization ! of menus
39654 \begin_layout Standard
39655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39672 \begin_layout Standard
39673 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39674 interface (ui) file.
39675 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39676 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39685 Both files are loaded by the
39690 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39691 files and edit the entries.
39694 \begin_layout Standard
39695 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39707 entries must be ended with an explicit
39732 and in the case of the
39733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39745 The syntax for the entries is:
39748 \begin_layout Standard
39749 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39777 \begin_layout Standard
39779 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39782 All LyX-functions are listed in
39783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39793 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39799 \begin_layout Standard
39800 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39802 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39805 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39809 \begin_layout Standard
39810 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39815 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39820 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39823 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39830 \begin_layout Standard
39833 Enable tool tips in main work area
39835 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39843 \begin_layout Standard
39847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39854 restoring of window layout and geometries
39856 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39857 in the last LyX session.
39860 \begin_layout Standard
39863 Restore cursor positions
39865 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39869 \begin_layout Standard
39872 Load opened files from last session
39874 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39881 name "sub:Backup documents"
39889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39898 \begin_layout Standard
39903 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39906 \begin_layout Standard
39911 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39914 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39916 \begin_inset space ~
39924 \begin_layout Standard
39927 Open documents in tabs
39929 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
39933 \begin_layout Subsection
39938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39947 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39954 \begin_layout Standard
39955 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39958 \begin_layout Standard
39959 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39967 This section only deals with the fonts
39972 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39976 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39987 \begin_layout Standard
39988 By default, LyX uses
39992 as roman (serif) font,
40000 (depends on the system) as
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40020 You can change the font size with the
40025 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40026 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40029 \begin_layout Standard
40034 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40035 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40040 points have the size of 1
40041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40051 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40058 \begin_layout Standard
40063 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40068 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40069 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40075 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40082 \begin_layout Standard
40085 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40087 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40088 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40089 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40090 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40092 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40093 \begin_inset space ~
40099 \begin_layout Subsection
40104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40123 \begin_layout Standard
40124 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40125 Choose an item in the list and use the
40132 \begin_layout Subsection
40137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40138 Settings ! Graphics
40146 \begin_layout Standard
40147 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40150 \begin_layout Standard
40155 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40156 This feature is described in section
40157 \begin_inset space ~
40161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40163 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40170 \begin_layout Section
40175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40184 \begin_layout Subsection
40188 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40192 \begin_layout Standard
40195 Cursor follows scrollbar
40197 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40201 \begin_layout Standard
40204 Sort environments alphabetically
40206 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40209 \begin_layout Standard
40212 Group environments by their category
40214 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40217 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40221 \begin_layout Standard
40222 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40227 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40228 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40232 \begin_layout Subsection
40237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40248 Settings ! Shortcuts
40256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40260 \begin_layout Standard
40261 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40262 Several binding files are available:
40265 \begin_layout Description
40266 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40269 \begin_layout Description
40270 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40281 \begin_layout Description
40282 mac.bind set of bindings for
40285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40294 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40298 , and bind files for special languages.
40299 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40300 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40304 \begin_inset space \space{}
40308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40316 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40320 \begin_layout Standard
40321 Some bind-files, like
40325 , have only a small scope.
40326 When looking at the the end of the file
40330 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40333 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40337 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 Key Bindings ! Editing
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40355 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40356 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40357 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40360 Show key-bindings containing
40363 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40364 Insert there for example as keyword
40365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40372 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40382 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40383 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40387 that you find in the
40394 \begin_layout Standard
40396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40400 \begin_inset space \space{}
40411 , select the function and press the
40416 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40417 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40418 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40419 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40420 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40422 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40424 The binding for the function
40428 is an example for this.
40431 \begin_layout Standard
40432 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40434 The syntax of the entries is:
40437 \begin_layout Standard
40443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40461 \begin_layout Subsection
40463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40473 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40492 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40500 \begin_layout Standard
40501 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40502 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40508 \begin_inset space \space{}
40511 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40512 can use the keyboard map file named
40519 \begin_layout Standard
40520 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40536 \begin_layout Standard
40537 Besides this, you can specify here the
40539 Wheel scrolling speed
40542 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40546 \begin_layout Subsection
40548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40550 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40567 \begin_layout Standard
40568 Input completion is described in sec.
40569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40575 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40580 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40582 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40583 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40587 \begin_layout Section
40592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 \begin_layout Description
40613 \begin_inset space ~
40616 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40617 It is the default when you
40628 \begin_inset space ~
40636 \begin_layout Description
40638 \begin_inset space ~
40641 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40643 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40645 \begin_inset space ~
40649 \begin_inset space ~
40657 \begin_layout Description
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40662 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40668 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40672 \begin_inset Newline newline
40676 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40688 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40696 \begin_layout Description
40698 \begin_inset space ~
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40711 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40712 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40713 \begin_inset space ~
40717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40719 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40727 will be used to save the backups.
40728 \begin_inset Newline newline
40731 The backup files have the ending
40732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40742 \begin_layout Description
40747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40754 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40755 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40756 \begin_inset Newline newline
40760 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40768 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40776 \begin_layout Description
40778 \begin_inset space ~
40781 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40784 \begin_layout Description
40786 \begin_inset space ~
40789 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40790 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40791 to find it on the system.
40792 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40793 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40799 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40802 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40803 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40807 \begin_layout Section
40811 \begin_layout Standard
40812 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40813 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40815 \begin_inset space ~
40819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40821 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40825 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40828 \begin_layout Section
40833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40834 Language ! Settings
40843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40844 Settings ! Language
40852 \begin_layout Subsection
40856 \begin_layout Description
40858 \begin_inset space ~
40862 \begin_inset space ~
40865 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40866 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40867 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40868 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40869 You find the actual translation status here:
40870 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40872 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40873 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40880 \begin_layout Description
40882 \begin_inset space ~
40885 language is the language used in new documents
40888 \begin_layout Description
40890 \begin_inset space ~
40893 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40895 The default is the LaTeX-command
40901 that loads the package
40909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40910 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40911 \begin_inset space ~
40915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40917 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40927 \begin_inset Newline newline
40934 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40935 the document language.
40936 A text label is for instance the word
40937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40944 at the beginning of every table caption.
40947 \begin_layout Description
40949 \begin_inset space ~
40952 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40953 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40954 An example is the start command
40960 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40965 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40980 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40985 \begin_layout Description
40987 \begin_inset space ~
40995 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40996 command toggles the package on and off.
40999 \begin_layout Description
41001 \begin_inset space ~
41011 \begin_layout Description
41012 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41013 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41014 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41015 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41022 \begin_layout Description
41024 \begin_inset space ~
41027 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41029 When this option is not set, the
41032 \begin_inset space ~
41037 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41038 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41041 \begin_inset space ~
41049 \begin_layout Description
41051 \begin_inset space ~
41057 \begin_inset space ~
41063 When it is not set, the
41066 \begin_inset space ~
41071 is set to the end of the document.
41074 \begin_layout Description
41076 \begin_inset space ~
41080 \begin_inset space ~
41083 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41084 language will be underlined blue.
41087 \begin_layout Description
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41093 \begin_inset space ~
41096 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41097 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41100 \begin_layout Description
41102 \begin_inset space ~
41105 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41106 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41107 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41108 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41111 \begin_layout Subsection
41115 \begin_layout Standard
41116 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41117 \begin_inset space ~
41121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41123 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41130 \begin_layout Section
41134 \begin_layout Subsection
41136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41165 \begin_layout Description
41167 \begin_inset space ~
41170 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41171 The name will be used when the
41176 \begin_inset Newline newline
41180 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41188 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41197 \begin_layout Description
41199 \begin_inset space ~
41203 \begin_inset space ~
41207 \begin_inset space ~
41210 printer This option works only for the
41215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41227 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41228 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41231 \begin_layout Description
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41236 command is the command LyX
41237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41244 LaTeX uses for printing.
41245 The default is on most systems
41252 \begin_layout Description
41254 \begin_inset space ~
41258 \begin_inset space ~
41261 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41262 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41263 of the program that provides the
41270 \begin_layout Subsection
41275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41286 Settings ! Date format
41294 \begin_layout Standard
41295 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41296 \begin_inset Newline newline
41300 \begin_inset Flex URL
41303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41305 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41311 \begin_inset Newline newline
41314 For example the format
41315 \begin_inset Newline newline
41319 \begin_inset Newline newline
41322 prints the date as day/month/year.
41325 \begin_layout Subsection
41329 \begin_layout Description
41331 \begin_inset space ~
41335 \begin_inset space ~
41338 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41344 \begin_inset space ~
41350 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41354 \begin_layout Description
41356 \begin_inset space ~
41359 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41364 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41365 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41368 \begin_layout Subsection
41373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41383 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41400 \begin_layout Description
41405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41413 \begin_inset space ~
41416 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41421 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41443 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41456 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41457 LyX sets up in the background.
41458 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41461 \begin_layout Description
41463 \begin_inset space ~
41467 \begin_inset space ~
41470 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41475 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41478 \begin_layout Standard
41479 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41480 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41481 manuals of the applications.
41482 Currently the following commands can be set:
41485 \begin_layout Description
41490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 \begin_inset space ~
41501 command Command for the program
41505 that is described in section
41511 Additional Features
41516 \begin_layout Description
41521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41529 \begin_inset space ~
41532 command Command for the program
41536 that generates the bibliography, see section
41537 \begin_inset space ~
41541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41543 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41550 \begin_layout Description
41552 \begin_inset space ~
41555 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41556 \begin_inset space ~
41560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41562 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41569 \begin_layout Description
41571 \begin_inset space ~
41574 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41575 \begin_inset space ~
41579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41581 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41588 \begin_layout Description
41590 \begin_inset space ~
41594 \begin_inset space ~
41598 \begin_inset space ~
41602 \begin_inset space ~
41605 options They only have an effect when the program
41609 is used as DVI-viewer.
41612 \begin_layout Description
41613 There are additionally the following options:
41616 \begin_layout Description
41618 \begin_inset space ~
41622 \begin_inset space ~
41626 \begin_inset space ~
41630 \begin_inset space ~
41634 \begin_inset space ~
41637 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41655 to separate folders.
41656 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41679 \begin_layout Description
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41685 \begin_inset space ~
41689 \begin_inset space ~
41693 \begin_inset space ~
41697 \begin_inset space ~
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41704 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41709 dialog when changing the document class.
41712 \begin_layout Section
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41730 \begin_layout Subsection
41735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41744 \begin_layout Standard
41745 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41746 from one format to another.
41747 You can modify them or create new ones.
41748 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41755 \begin_inset space ~
41765 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41769 \begin_inset space ~
41774 drop-down list, modify the
41778 field, and press the
41785 \begin_layout Standard
41788 Converter File Cache
41790 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41793 Maximum Age (in days
41796 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41797 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41800 \begin_layout Standard
41801 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41802 the converter definition, is described in section
41813 \begin_layout Subsection
41815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41817 name "sec:File-Formats"
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41844 \begin_layout Standard
41845 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41846 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41850 \begin_layout Standard
41851 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41852 is described in section
41863 \begin_layout Standard
41864 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41865 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41866 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41867 This is done by specifying a
41872 More about this is described in section
41883 \begin_layout Chapter
41884 Units available in LyX
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41897 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41904 \begin_layout Standard
41905 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41908 reference "cap:Units"
41912 explains all units available in LyX.
41915 \begin_layout Standard
41916 \begin_inset Float table
41922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 \begin_inset Caption
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41941 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 \begin_inset Tabular
41950 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42104 scaled point (65536
42105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42109 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42165 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42220 % of original image width
42227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42434 \begin_layout Chapter
42436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42445 \begin_layout Standard
42446 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42447 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42450 \begin_layout Itemize
42453 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42456 \begin_layout Itemize
42462 \begin_layout Itemize
42468 \begin_layout Itemize
42474 \begin_layout Itemize
42480 \begin_layout Itemize
42486 \begin_layout Itemize
42492 \begin_layout Itemize
42498 \begin_layout Itemize
42501 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42504 \begin_layout Itemize
42510 \begin_layout Itemize
42516 \begin_layout Itemize
42522 \begin_layout Itemize
42528 \begin_layout Itemize
42534 \begin_layout Itemize
42540 \begin_layout Itemize
42546 \begin_layout Itemize
42552 \begin_layout Itemize
42554 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42563 \begin_layout Standard
42564 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42567 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42574 \begin_layout Bibliography
42575 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42576 LatexCommand bibitem
42583 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42586 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42591 \begin_inset Newline newline
42595 \begin_inset Flex URL
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42600 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42608 \begin_layout Bibliography
42609 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42610 LatexCommand bibitem
42611 key "latexcompanion"
42615 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42617 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42620 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42623 \begin_layout Bibliography
42624 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42625 LatexCommand bibitem
42630 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42633 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42636 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42639 \begin_layout Bibliography
42640 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42641 LatexCommand bibitem
42648 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42651 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42654 \begin_layout Bibliography
42655 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42656 LatexCommand bibitem
42668 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42671 \begin_layout Bibliography
42672 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42673 LatexCommand bibitem
42679 \begin_inset Newline newline
42683 \begin_inset Flex URL
42686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42688 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42696 \begin_layout Bibliography
42697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42698 LatexCommand bibitem
42704 \begin_inset Newline newline
42708 \begin_inset Flex URL
42711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42713 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42721 \begin_layout Bibliography
42722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42723 LatexCommand bibitem
42729 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42731 name "Documentation"
42732 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42741 \begin_inset Newline newline
42745 \begin_inset Flex URL
42748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42750 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42758 \begin_layout Bibliography
42759 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42760 LatexCommand bibitem
42766 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42768 name "Documentation"
42769 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42778 \begin_inset Newline newline
42782 \begin_inset Flex URL
42785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42787 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42795 \begin_layout Bibliography
42796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42797 LatexCommand bibitem
42803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42805 name "Documentation"
42806 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42815 \begin_inset Newline newline
42819 \begin_inset Flex URL
42822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42824 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42832 \begin_layout Bibliography
42833 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42834 LatexCommand bibitem
42840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42842 name "Documentation"
42843 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42847 of the LaTeX-package
42855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42856 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42862 \begin_inset Newline newline
42866 \begin_inset Flex URL
42869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42871 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42879 \begin_layout Bibliography
42880 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42881 LatexCommand bibitem
42887 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42889 name "Documentation"
42890 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42894 of the LaTeX-package
42902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42903 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42909 \begin_inset Newline newline
42913 \begin_inset Flex URL
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42918 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42926 \begin_layout Bibliography
42927 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42928 LatexCommand bibitem
42936 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42938 name "Documentation"
42939 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42945 of the LaTeX-package
42953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42954 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42960 \begin_inset Newline newline
42964 \begin_inset Flex URL
42967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42969 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42977 \begin_layout Bibliography
42978 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42979 LatexCommand bibitem
42985 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42987 name "Documentation"
42988 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42992 of the LaTeX-package
43000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43001 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43007 \begin_inset Newline newline
43011 \begin_inset Flex URL
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43024 \begin_layout Bibliography
43025 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43026 LatexCommand bibitem
43032 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43034 name "Documentation"
43035 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43039 of the LaTeX-package
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43048 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43054 \begin_inset Newline newline
43058 \begin_inset Flex URL
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43063 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43071 \begin_layout Bibliography
43072 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43073 LatexCommand bibitem
43079 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43081 name "Documentation"
43082 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43086 of the LaTeX-package
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43101 \begin_inset Newline newline
43105 \begin_inset Flex URL
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43110 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43118 \begin_layout Bibliography
43119 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43120 LatexCommand bibitem
43126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43129 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43133 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43134 \begin_inset Newline newline
43138 \begin_inset Flex URL
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43143 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43151 \begin_layout Bibliography
43152 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43153 LatexCommand bibitem
43159 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43162 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43166 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43167 \begin_inset Newline newline
43171 \begin_inset Flex URL
43174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43176 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43184 \begin_layout Bibliography
43185 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43186 LatexCommand bibitem
43192 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43195 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43199 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43200 \begin_inset Newline newline
43204 \begin_inset Flex URL
43207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43209 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43217 \begin_layout Bibliography
43218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43219 LatexCommand bibitem
43225 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43228 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43232 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43233 \begin_inset Newline newline
43237 \begin_inset Flex URL
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43242 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43250 \begin_layout Bibliography
43251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43252 LatexCommand bibitem
43258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43261 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43265 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43266 \begin_inset Newline newline
43270 \begin_inset Flex URL
43273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43275 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43283 \begin_layout Bibliography
43284 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43285 LatexCommand bibitem
43291 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43294 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43298 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43299 \begin_inset Newline newline
43303 \begin_inset Flex URL
43306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43308 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43316 \begin_layout Bibliography
43317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43318 LatexCommand bibitem
43324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43327 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43331 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43332 \begin_inset Newline newline
43336 \begin_inset Flex URL
43339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43341 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43349 \begin_layout Bibliography
43350 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43351 LatexCommand bibitem
43357 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43360 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43364 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43365 \begin_inset Newline newline
43369 \begin_inset Flex URL
43372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43382 \begin_layout Bibliography
43383 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43384 LatexCommand bibitem
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43393 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43397 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43398 \begin_inset Newline newline
43402 \begin_inset Flex URL
43405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43407 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43415 \begin_layout Bibliography
43416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43417 LatexCommand bibitem
43423 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43426 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43430 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43431 \begin_inset Newline newline
43435 \begin_inset Flex URL
43438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43440 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43448 \begin_layout Bibliography
43449 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43450 LatexCommand bibitem
43456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43459 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43463 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43464 \begin_inset Newline newline
43468 \begin_inset Flex URL
43471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43473 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43481 \begin_layout Bibliography
43482 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43483 LatexCommand bibitem
43489 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43492 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43496 about new features in
43501 \begin_inset Newline newline
43505 \begin_inset Flex URL
43508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43510 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43518 \begin_layout Standard
43519 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43553 \begin_inset Note Note
43556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43563 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43564 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43565 bibliography is the second one:
43573 \begin_layout Standard
43574 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43575 LatexCommand bibtex
43576 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43577 options "biblio/alphadin"
43584 \begin_layout Standard
43585 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43588 \begin_layout Standard
43591 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43592 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43597 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43598 LatexCommand printindex